Unicorn GL3.1. Release Notes. Unicorn Library Management System

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "Unicorn GL3.1. Release Notes. Unicorn Library Management System"

Transcription

1 Unicorn Library Management System Unicorn GL3.1 Release Notes SirsiDynix 101 Washington Street, S.E. Huntsville, Alabama August 2006 (256) SirsiDynix

2 COPYRIGHT Additional copies of this document can be downloaded from the Client Care section of the SirsiDynix web site at SirsiDynix. All Rights Reserved. The processes and all the routines contained herein are the proprietary properties and trade secrets of SirsiDynix. Except as provided by license agreement, this manual shall not be duplicated, used or disclosed for any purpose or reason, in whole or in part, without the express written consent of SirsiDynix. The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by SirsiDynix. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in sub-paragraph (b)(3) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause in DFARS Rights for non-dod U.S. Government departments and Agencies are as set forth in FAR (c)(1,2). Sirsi, WebCat, Vizion, WorkFlows, Unicorn, UnicornECOLE, UnicornOASIS, UnicornSTILAS, Site Source, DRA, DRA Net, Inlex, MultiLIS, Taos, JurisLink, Corinthian, Dynix, URSA, Horizon, Remote Patron Authentication, and TeleCirc are trademarks of SirsiDynix. Other product and company names herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners. All titles, versions, trademarks, claims of compatibility, etc., of hardware and software products mentioned herein are the sole property and responsibility of the respective vendors. SirsiDynix makes no endorsement of any particular product for any purpose, nor claims responsibility for its operation and accuracy. 2

3 Table of Contents WorkFlows Client...31 General...31 Enhancements...31 ISXN Validation Can Now Handle 13-character ISBNs...31 Receipt Printer no Longer Required to be Default Printer...31 Browse Search and Cross References Now Display Mixed-case Authority Headings...31 Screen Printing of Glossary Windows in Display Bibliographic Description Helper Now Supported...32 Screen Printing Support Enhanced...32 Insert/Overstrike Mode Supported...33 Log In History Saved...33 Expanded Field Sizes for Unicode Character Support...33 Color Changes in WorkFlows Themes...33 Improved Method for Retrieving Patron Photos from Server...33 In Copy and Paste, Client Replaces Line Feed/Carriage Return Characters with Spaces...34 Policy Descriptions in Drop-down Lists Now Sorted Alphabetically...34 Printer Page Setup Enhanced...34 Screen Printing Available for Cataloging and Authority Wizards...35 Ability to Screen Print Properties Windows When Opened from a Right-Click...35 Printer Code Page Feature Added to Receipt Printing on Windows Workstations...35 Print Wizard and Print Command Now Include Window Title and Date Printed in Print Output...35 Improved Screen Printing of Long Tables...36 Now Able to Select Policies in Policy List Gadget Using a Double-click Toolbar File Directories Now Cleared When New Toolbars Downloaded Users Can Add a Custom Logo to WorkFlows Themes Menu Bar...36 Browse Search Summary Statement Improved...37 Searching All Stopwords Displays System Message...37 Corrections...37 Wizards Menu Not Displaying Correct List of Modules or Current Toolbar Property Files Containing Chinese Characters Not Saved Properly...37 Unable to Save Font Settings...38 Currency Field Values Not Displaying on Chinese Language Workstations Unable to Copy Wizards and Wizard Groups to Local Toolbar Files List Unable to Start Wizards from the All Wizards or My Wizards Menus...38 Search Queries with Hyphens Not Working Properly...38 Unable To Use Keyboard Shortcuts...39 Function Key Mapping Cleared after Clicking Cancel...39 Duplicate Items in Modules Menu List...39 Closing the Update Staff Client Dialog Box with Close Button Caused WorkFlows to Freeze...39 Wizard Name Not Refreshed in Toolbar Management Tree Display...39 Group Wizard Icon Image Not Appearing in Toolbar Management...40 Wizard Icon Image Not Correctly Selected in Toolbar Management...40 Toolbar Manager Erroneously Removing Delivery and Local Toolbar Files Table of Contents iii

4 Unable to Add Removed Wizard Back to a Toolbar...40 All Wizards and My Wizards Submenus Not Appearing in French...40 Dialog Boxes Not Changing to Current Language...40 Desk Hour-related Gadgets Corrected...40 CAPS LOCK and Drop-down Lists...41 Display a Search Results Truncation Message...41 Non-system Admin User Prompted to Update Client...41 Order Display Aligned Correctly in the Display Bibliographic Description Helper...42 Call Number Browse Options Applied in Item Search...42 Item Search and Display Wizard...42 Enhancements...42 Modified By Field Removed from Control Tab Display in Item Search and Display Wizard...42 Item Search and Display Tabs No Longer Display Library Fields for Single Library Systems...43 Ability to Sort Columns on Item Tabs...43 Added Selections Tab to Item Search and Display Wizard...43 New Checkouts Types for Checkouts Tab...44 New Show Charge History Default Property...44 New Title Level Holds Tab in Item Search and Display...44 Corrections...45 Unable to Use Order Wizards after Displaying or Working with Item Search and Display Properties...45 Item Search and Display Wizard s Circ Info Tab Not Displaying Number of Orders...45 Item Search and Display LC Subject Browse Displayed System Message Default Options for Item Search Helper Used in Other Modules...45 Unable to View Bills/Checkouts/Holds in Item Search and Display Wizard Media Desk Value Not Displaying in Circulation Info Area of Item Search and Display Wizard...46 Item Search and Display Wizard s Call Number/Item Tab Circulation Information Updated...46 Academic Reserves...47 General...47 Corrections...47 Overdue Reserves Prompts for Alt Circ Rule...47 Creating and Displaying Reserve Records No Longer Produces Errors Academic Reservations No Longer Requires an End Time for Reservations. 48 Due Date for Reserve Items Calculates Correctly When It Matches Reserve Desk Closing Time...48 Fixed Time Slots No Longer Missing from Verify List...48 Return to Search Option Has Been Added to the Reserve Search and Course Search Helpers...49 Create Reserve Wizard...49 Corrections...49 Extended Information Folder Displays After Reserve Has Been Created Assign Patron Reservation Period Screen Displays When Using Create Reserve Wizard...49 iv Table of Contents

5 Display Course Wizard...50 Corrections...50 Display Course Wizard No Longer Produces Error Messages During Browse Searches...50 Modify Reserve Wizard...50 Corrections...50 Status Is Updated When Using the Modify Reserve Wizard to Take Items Off the Reserve List...50 Modify Reserve Wizard Now Updates Status of Reserves...50 Renew Reserve Wizard...51 Corrections...51 Renew Reserve Wizard Can Now Renew a Reserve With an Override Accountability...53 General...53 Corrections...53 Unable to Duplicate a Title with Access Restrictions on Unicorn for Oracle Systems...53 Acquisitions...55 General...55 Enhancements...55 Browsing by Order ID Implemented for Invoice Wizards...55 Browsing by Invoice ID and Check Number Implemented for Invoice Wizards...55 Acquisitions Session Setting for Segment Displays...55 Display All Cycles Functionality for Order Wizards...56 Display All Orderlines Helper Property Added to Order Wizards...56 Ability to Control Order of Funding/Distribution Segments...56 Enhancements Made to Funding Segment Displays...58 Selected Fund in Fund Lists Now Set as Current Fund...58 New Print Friendly Helper for Order Summary Window...58 Display Description Helper Now Unavailable When Displaying Orders Not Linked to Titles...58 Current Vendor Is Now Set From Current Invoice...58 Corrections...59 Order Wizards Not Applying Order Map Values Correctly...59 Default Orderline Extended Information Lost when Creating or Duplicating Orders...59 Add Temporary Title Helper Ignored ISXN Property Setting...59 Pay Invoice Allowed Paying Invoices with Date Paid of NEVER...59 Totals Displayed as Zero if Native Currency Not United States Currency Unable to Use Order Wizards after Working with Item Search and Display Properties...60 Property Selections in Create Order Wizards Carried Over to Modify Order Wizard...60 Process of Receiving an Order, Invoicing, and Modifying Same Order Displayed Records Are Currently in Use Messages...60 Searching by Fund Level Corrected...61 Acquisitions Wizards Displayed Empty Library Fields on Single Library Systems...61 Unlimited Funds Not Supported...61 Table of Contents v

6 Unable to Search All Orderlines/Invoice Lines in French Language WorkFlows Client When Selecting Tout...61 Unable to Open Multi Glossary in Orderlines List...61 Modifying Wrong Title After Pressing Enter...62 Wrong Fiscal Cycle Selected When Using Arrow Keys...62 First Orderline Overwritten With Title From Another Orderline After Multiple Modifications on Order...62 Add Dated Order Wizard...62 Corrections...62 Edits in Add Dated Order Wizard Were Lost when Moving Between Orderline and Title Info Tabs...62 Add Ordered Items to Catalog Wizard...63 Enhancements...63 Ability to Print Title Information from Modify Title Helper...63 Add Orderlines Wizard...63 Corrections...63 Order Map Template Not Available in Add Orderlines Wizard...63 Add Vendor Cycle Wizard...63 Corrections...63 Add Vendor Cycle Displays Wrong Message when Adding a Duplicate Vendor Cycle...63 Create Basic Order Wizard...64 Corrections...64 Adding Temporary Title from Create Order Wizards Corrected...64 Unable to Create Order for Item Created from Link Order Line Holdings to Titles Wizard...64 Display Order Wizard...64 Corrections...64 Vendor ID Glossary Not Working in Display Order Wizard...64 Display Invoice Wizard...65 Enhancements...65 Invoice Search by Title Control Number Corrected...65 Display Vendor (Specific Cycle) Wizard...65 Corrections...65 Display Vendor (Specific Cycle) Wizard Loses Cursor Focus in Order List Duplicate Order Wizard...65 Enhancements...65 Duplicate Order Wizard s Orders Tab Now Displays Acquisitions Tools Corrections...66 Wrong Title Displayed in Duplicate Order Wizard...66 Duplicate Vendor Wizard...66 Corrections...66 Duplicate Vendor Wizard Did Not Permit Editing Currency of New Vendor Modify Fund Budget Wizard...66 Corrections...66 Modify Fund Budget Wizard Adjusted Wrong Fiscal Cycle...66 Unable to Adjust Fund Budgets...67 vi Table of Contents

7 Modify Invoice Wizard...67 Corrections...67 Unable to Use Prorate Invoice Helper Multiple Times in Modify Invoice Wizard...67 Modify Order Wizard...67 Enhancements...67 Helper Properties Added to Modify Order Wizard...67 Corrections...67 Modify Order Wizard Could Carry Over Wrong Title...67 Modify Order Wizard Could Overwrite Titles on Modified Orderlines Title Not Appearing on Platform Button when Modifying an Order with a Single Orderline...68 Modify Order Wizard Displaying Wrong Title after Review Orderline Step Modify Order Wizard s Change Title Link Helper Not Working Properly Modifying an Order, Adding an Orderline, then Canceling Caused Wrong Title to Link to Previous Order...69 Paying an Order in Modify Order Wizard Didn t Decrement Fund Correctly Pay Invoice Wizard...69 Enhancements...69 Check Number Default Property for Pay Invoice Wizard...69 Receive Orders Wizard...69 Enhancement...69 Users Can Now Roll Over Recurring Orders Using the Receive Order Wizard...69 Receive Order Wizard s Orderline Information Now Displays Vendor Extended Price...70 Current Title Is Now Set When Receiving Orders...70 Correction...70 Vendor ID Glossary Not Working in Receive Orders Wizard...70 Receive Orders Wizard Incorrectly Setting Date Loaded...70 Unable to Pay Bills after Using Receiving Orders Wizard...71 Sessions Setting Wizard...71 Enhancements...71 Easier Input for Invoice Amount Warning...71 Authority Control...73 General...73 Enhancements...73 Added Ability to Search Mixed-case Authority Headings...73 Authority Browse Hitlist Entries No Longer Truncated...73 New Authority Thesaurus Database...73 Number of Authority Thesauri Increased Unicorn for Oracle Systems Only. 74 Corrections...74 Authority Browsing Repositioning Corrected...74 Authority Browsing Near Beginning of Alphabet Corrected...74 Bibliographic Headings Ending in Dashes Could Not Be Validated on Single Library Systems...74 Authority Headings Not Authorizing Correctly on Unicorn Unicode Systems.. 74 Add Authority Wizard...75 Enhancements...75 New Add Another Authority Next Step for Add Authority Wizard...75 Table of Contents vii

8 Corrections...75 Record Editor Problems when Adding a New Authority...75 Delete Authority Wizard...75 Enhancements...75 New Extended Information Property for Delete Authority Wizard...75 Cataloging...77 General...77 Enhancements...77 Optional Unicode Support for Sites Running Oracle...77 Unicorn Now Supports the New 13-digit ISBN Format...78 Cataloging Wizards Now Support UNIMARC Formats...80 Advanced Search Helper Added to Item Search Windows...80 Unicorn Can Handle New OCLC Control Number Format...81 Enhancements to Validate Headings Helper...82 MARC Record Editor Validation Enhanced...82 Record Editor Now Displays Help Text for Coded MARC Fields and Field Position and Position Values...82 Operations Results Dialog Box in Bound-with and Transfer Title, Call Numbers, or Items Wizards Improved...83 Browse Hit Lists Highlight Second Item in List...83 Last Item May Be Transferred Without Removing Call Number...83 Default Properties Tab Displays on Top at Wizard Startup...83 Default Library is now Used for New MARC Holdings Record...83 Validate Headings Helper Messages Added...84 Two New Properties for Display Bibliographic Description Helper...84 Cataloging Wizards Have New Behavior Property for Deleting Items with Charge Histories...84 Ability to Search Empty Search Strings Added...85 Show/Hide Circulation Information Helper Now Available When the Call Number/Item Tab Displays...85 Item Search and Display Helper Can Now Search by Library Groups Shadowing a Bound-with Parent Record Now Updates Child Records Shadow Statuses...86 Cataloging Wizards Now Log Title and Item Information when Removing Items...86 Icons for Item Notes Now Appear in Call Number/Item Tab s Title Tree New System Message When Adding an Item...87 Corrections...87 Editing Fixed Fields in MARC View Non-expanded Mode Caused Problems with Character Positions...87 Form of Material List for 006 Now Translated to Current Desktop Language.87 Authority Cross-references Not Numbered Correctly in Item Search View Pane...88 Changes to Home Location Not Updating Current Location and Call Number/Item Tree Display...88 Unable to View All Shortcut Menu Values when Editing Fixed Fields Users Had to Press Enter with Each Barcode Scan...88 Not All Item Extended Information Was Saved...88 After Editing an Item s Copy Number Item Extended Information VED System Messages Appeared...88 MARC Holdings Check Box Unavailable in Configure Options for Item Search Helper...89 viii Table of Contents

9 Cataloging Wizards Title Platform Button Holds Display Corrected...89 Display Bibliographic Description Helper Not Displaying Records Properly on Single Library Systems...89 Title Control Number Truncated to 12 Characters...89 Not All Searchable Fields Were Dynamically Indexed...90 Floating Collection Items Linked to Open Orders Were Blocked...90 Transferring Call Numbers with Title-level Holds Improved...90 Changing Fonts Would Freeze Cataloging Wizard Toolbar...90 Changing WorkFlows Theme Would Not Take Effect Right Away...90 Long Text Entries Would Not Wordwrap in Non-MARC Formats...91 Modified Title Not Carried Over to 670 Tag when Proposing Authority Validated Headings Not Updated in Record Editor Window...91 Adding or Modifying 00X Fields Could Corrupt Title Record...91 Cataloging Wizards Ignored Allow Edit/Create Setting for MARC Holdings Format Tag...91 Item Search Helper Shadow Option Not Filtering Call Number/Item Tab Displays...92 Call Number/Item Tab s Item Tree Display Corrected...92 Title Modification Fields No Longer Display on Control Tab...92 Item and MARC Holdings Maintenance Issues on Single Library Systems Unable to Invoke Right-click Shortcut Menus...93 Configure Options for Item Search Helper Search Options Modified Print Preview and Print Label Helpers Printed Label Margins...93 Corrected Display of 856 Hyperlink in Cataloging Wizards...93 MARC Holdings 007 Field Labels Not Displaying Properly...94 Search Method Highlighted When Returning to the Item Search from Certain Cataloging Wizards...94 Adding a Call Number Created a New Call Number with No Items Attached..94 Cataloging Wizards Unable to Display Lists with More than 500 Records MARC Record Editor Validation of Indicators Corrected...94 Sorting of Base Call Numbers on Call Number/Item Tab Corrected...95 Inconsistent Insertion Point Focus When Modifying Titles...95 Record Editor Control Panel and Shortcut Menus Not Displaying Properly on Arabic Language Systems...95 Added Toggle for Insert Mode to MARC Record Editor...95 Check Boxes and Radio Buttons Sometimes Changed...95 Current Title Not Updated When Multiple Cataloging Wizards Are Open Current Title Not Set When Switching from One Wizard to Another...96 Cataloging Wizard Tabs Now Display in a Useful Order...96 Batch Copy Add Wizard...96 Corrections...96 All Call Numbers Tab Empty in Batch Copy Add Wizard...96 Bound With Wizard...96 Corrections...96 Bound-with Wizard Now Call Number and Item Maintenance Checks Default Call Number Library Setting Not Saved...97 Call Number and Item Maintenance Wizard...97 Corrections...97 Call Number and Item Maintenance Wizard Not Retaining Home Location Field Edits...97 Search For Text Box Not in Focus when Returning to Item Search Window..97 Table of Contents ix

10 Delete Title, Call Numbers or Items Wizard...97 Corrections...97 Deleting a Title for a Single Library Corrected...97 Delete Title, Call Numbers or Items Wizard Not Displaying Titles on Single Library Systems...98 Items Deleted Even Though User Selected Not To Continue with Removal Duplicate Title Wizard...98 Enhancements...98 Duplicate Title Wizard Now Carries Over Call Number from Source Record..98 Edit Copies Globally Wizard...99 Corrections...99 Edit Copies Globally Wizard Not Allowing Edit of Home Location...99 Edit Existing Volumes and Call Numbers Wizard...99 Corrections...99 Display Staff Note On Hit List Default Property Not Saved...99 Global Item Modification Wizard...99 Enhancements...99 New Helpers Added to the Modify Selected Items Helper Search Window Corrections Search Hit List Retained in the Modify Selected Items Helper Global Item Modification Wizard Not Following Behavior Property Settings. 100 Label Designer Wizard Enhancements Label Designer Wizard No Longer Creates Default Labels Corrections Label Designer Wizard Can Now Print MARC21 Control Fields Printing Custom Labels Requires Printers that Can Support Printing Graphics Modify Title Wizard Enhancements New Tab Display Preference Property for Modify Title Wizard Add Empty Entries Default Property Added to Modify Title Wizard Remove Title, Call Number, or Copies Wizard Corrections Unable to Remove Call Numbers with No Items Unable to Remove Items on Single Library Systems Unable to Remove Last Call Number and Title on Single Library System SmartPort Wizard Enhancements Format Field Required for Record Capture SmartPort Wizard Now Uses zimportjunktag File Corrections SmartPort Wizard Add/Remove Destinations Helper Closes Wizard SmartPort Not Importing Fixed Fields System Message Displays when Using MARC Family Feature Unable to Import Chinese Characters in MARC21 Records Not Able to Import Brief MARC Records x Table of Contents

11 Transfer Title, Call Numbers, or Copies Wizard Corrections Transfer Title, Call Numbers or Items Wizard Could Display Wrong Title in Review Next Step Transferring a Call Number with Items Displayed Item Not Found Message Transfer Title, Call Numbers, or Items Wizard Displaying System Messages Unable to Transfer a Call Number on a Single-library System UnicornECOLE Clients Corrections All Call Numbers Tab Empty in Batch Copy Add Wizard Circulation General Enhancements Outreach Tab Has Been Added to Circulation Wizards Print Menu Enabled on Display User Helper User Name and User ID Have Been Added to Transit Receipts Holds on Available Items Now Consider Library Groups Family Returns Enhancement Added to WorkFlows Java Client Circulation Wizards Display the Number of Suspension Units in the Suspension/Unsuspension Lists or the Glossary User Records That Were Created Without a Name Can Now Be Removed.112 Suspend User Displays Suspension Information in Glossary Selected Circulation Wizards Now Check the Global Configuration Setting Check Previous ID When User ID Is Not Found End of Wizard Dialog Has Been Added to the Copy User and the Register User Wizards Enter Key Function in User Search Helper No Longer Produces Error Message Pay Bills Screen in Renew Items and Discharge Items Wizards Has Been Corrected Corrections Placed at Library and Status Now Display on the Modify User Holds, Modify Item Holds, Remove User Holds and Remove Item Holds Wizards Display Options for Unpaid Bills is Displaying Correctly Hold Block Override Message Displays When Placing a Call-Level Hold on Items Display Issues with System-Level Holds Operator is Prompted for Override When Using Placing Another Hold for this User Next Step Trapped Holds and Intransit Items No Longer Become Available at Wrong Library When Title Holds are Placed, Transit Wizards Place Items Intransit to Hold Pickup Library Invalid Barcode Setting No Longer Prevents Users From Being Deleted from Unicorn Various Circulation Wizards No Longer Have Mismatched User ID and User Name in Current Display After Using Renew Single Item Wizards Select File Gadget for Sound Files Corrected Search User Command Modified so that Keyword Searches No Longer Display Information that User Does Not Have Permission to View Table of Contents xi

12 New Users Added to Unicorn Can Now Be Searched Circulation Wizards and Helpers Now Produce Override Field When Issuing an Error Message Unicorn Produces Updated Message When Unsuspension Date is Incorrect User Search Helper on Single Library System Has Been Corrected Cannot Check Out to Blocked User with Overdue Reserve Items Due Date Receipt No Longer Shows Claims Returned Items When Unsuspending a User Without Entering the Number of Days to Unsuspend, Unicorn Displays More Appropriate Message Checkout Times Displayed in Glossaries Are No Longer Truncated Configuration for Single Library Fields Has Been Changed in Circulation Wizards User Alert No Longer Displays in Discharge and Fine Free Discharge Windows for User With No Alert Override, Cancel Hold, Checkout Item Command Displays Correct User Information Discrepancy Between Library Policy Values and User Search Helper Properties Have Been Resolved Overdue Reserve Items Now Prompt for Alt Circ Rule User Status Header Information Display Issues Have Been Corrected in the Circulation Wizards Group IDs Can Be Searched When Using Circulation Wizards New User Registration Wizard and Modify User Wizard Have Been Updated User Search Helper is Searching Properly on Circulation Wizards Assumed Lost Items No Longer Have Different Status in Print Preview Discharged Items Are Placed Intransit Instead of Being Sent to Home Location Clone New User Records Process Has Been Corrected So That New Records Are Dynamically Indexed Checkout Wizard Corrections User Lost Card Helper No Longer Produces Error Message on Checkout Charge Slips for New Users are Printing Out the Correct User Checkout Wizard Glossary Buttons Display Correct Text Checkout Wizard No Longer Accepts Incorrect Overrides User Lost Card Helper is Displaying Lost Users Correctly Item Search and Display Helper Working Properly in Checkout Wizard Checkout Wizard No Longer Displays Error Message During Checkout Checkout Wizard Displays Price in Due Date Information for New Checkouts Add Brief Title No Longer Copies Previous Item Information Browse User Function Has Been Corrected in Checkout Wizard Override Screen on Checkout Wizard Works Has Field for Override Codes 126 UnicornEcole No Longer Locks Up When Searching by Student Names Add Brief Title Wizard Corrections Add Brief Title Wizard No Longer Leaves Empty Tag Fields Add Brief Title Helper Now Uses the Library s Item Maintenance Policy for the Verify List xii Table of Contents

13 Copy User Wizard Corrections Copy User Wizard No Longer Copies Birthdate to a New User Create Bill Wizard Corrections Create Bill Wizard No Longer Creates Bills With the Wrong Bill Reason Discharge/Checkin Wizard Enhancements Discharge Wizard Has New Property to Prompt User to Pay Overdue Bills.127 Display User Information Property Added to Checkin Bookdrop Items Wizard Corrections Discharge Wizard Displays Appropriate Message When Processing Items that Have Not Been Charged Discharge Wizard Displays Correct User ID Discharge Wizard No Longer Produces Not Defined Message When Checking Out an Item Already Charged Discharging Screen Displays Fines, Holds and Intransit Information Properly Discharge Wizard System Message Display Updated Discharge Screen No Longer Displays the Wrong User in UnicornEcole Display Title Holds Wizard Corrections Display Title Holds Glossary Lists the Correct Number of Holds for Displayed Item Detailed Hold Count Helper Now Displays Item Glossary Information Display User Wizard Corrections List of Checkouts in Display User Wizard Is Displaying Correctly Browse Search on Display User Wizard is Displaying Checkouts Pay Bills Helper Defaults to Property Setting After Viewing Holds Glossary, User Returns to the Display User Screen User Search No Longer Produces List of Users From Library Outside Search Area Overlap Issue With Display User Wizard Has Been Corrected Ephemeral Checkout Wizard Corrections Override Function Has Been Added To The Ephemeral Wizard Ephemeral Wizard User Search Issue Has Been Resolved Operator Can Renew User Privileges in Ephemeral Wizard Fine-Free Discharge - Checkin Wizard Enhancements Fine-Free Discharge Wizard Added to Circulation Module Mark Items Claims Returned Wizard Corrections Mark Items Claims Returned Wizard Can Clear the Claims Returned Date. 133 Mark Item Lost Wizard Corrections Pay Later Button in Mark Item Lost Wizard is Working Correctly Mark Lost Item Wizard No Longer Writes Bill Start Error to the Error File Table of Contents xiii

14 Lost Returned Item Was Not Updating Date Stamp When the Item was Discharged Mark Item Missing Wizard Corrections System Message Displayed When Workstation Connected to USB Port Receipt Printer Modify Item Hold Wizard Corrections Properties Have Been Corrected in Modify Item Hold Wizard Item is Now Put in Transit When Suspending a Hold Modify User Wizard Corrections User ID Field on Modify User Wizard is Active When Modifying Another User Web Authentication Field Has Been Added to Modify User Wizard User Status Field in Modify User Wizard Has Been Changed so That it is Not Editable New User Registration Wizard Enhancements New User Registration Wizard Works Properly When Default User Library Is Set to All Property Will Accept Birthdates Before User Registration Screen Refreshes Properly After Scanning Invalid Barcode Demographics Property Information is Now Being Saved Corrections Duplicate Name Checking Works Correctly in New User Registration Wizard Incorrect Privilege Expiration Date on New User Records Has Been Corrected Clone/Copy User Next Step Button No Longer Displays Wrong User Information Message Returned in New User Registration Wizard When Editing User PIN Has Been Changed New User Records Are Now Dynamically Indexed After Being Created Through Clone/Copy Activity Duplicate Checking Finds Duplicate Users When Creating New Users Pay Bill Wizard Corrections Pay Bills Wizard No Longer Displays Incorrect Error Message During User Search Place Hold Wizard Enhancements Place Hold Wizard Has Prompt to Extend User Privileges Modify Hold Button Has Been Added to Place Hold Wizard Corrections Place Hold Wizard Allows Default Settings to be Changed Override Box in Place Hold Wizard Has Been Corrected Cursor Focus in Place Hold Wizard Has Been Corrected xiv Table of Contents

15 Place Blanket Hold Wizard Enhancements Changes to Place Blanket Hold Wizard Are Now Being Saved Correctly Corrections Place Blanket Holds Wizard No Longer Produces Variable State Error Message Blanket Hold Checkbox Places Holds Correctly Current User Button Has Been Corrected in the Place Blanket Hold Wizard Place Blanket Hold Wizard Has Been Corrected When Hold is Placed on Blocked User Print Patron Card Wizard Enhancements New Print Patron Card Wizard Receive Transit Wizard Corrections Receive Transit Wizard Printing Hold Slips Remove Item Hold Wizard Corrections After Removing Item Hold User ID is No Longer Truncated Remove Item Hold Wizard No Longer Truncating User ID Remove User Hold Wizard Enhancements Hold Blanket ID Column Has Been Added to the Remove User Hold Wizard Renew User Wizard Enhancements New Property Has Been Added to the Renew User Wizard to Display Circulation Notes Corrections Search Helper Has Been Corrected in the Renew User Wizard Renew User Charges Wizard Enhancements Renew User Charges Wizard Checkout List Did Not Display Overdue Charge Status in the Status Column Corrections Renew User Charges Wizard Displays Correct User ID User Information No Longer Cleared When Using the Limit List by Due Date Helper User Search Helper on Renew User Charges Wizard Now Displays User Overdue and Charge Information Renew Single Item Wizard Corrections Renew Single Item Wizard No Longer Displays Wrong User ID User Lost Card Wizard Corrections User Lost Card Wizard is Saving New User Card Correctly Outreach User s Library Card Can Be Marked Lost Table of Contents xv

16 Unsuspend User Wizard Corrections Unsuspend User Wizard Now Displays Selected Default Reason When Suspending a User by Date What s In Transit Wizard Corrections What s In Transit Wizard Has Been Configured to Print the What s in Transit List What s In Transit Wizard No Longer Locks Up Collection Exchange General Corrections Confirming Shipping Wizard Has Been Corrected Collection Exchange is Allowed to Exchange Items With Title Level Hold Confirm Exchange Wizard Saves and Displays Keep Exchange Option box Collection Exchange Policies No Longer Being Deleted Items Marked Pending Shipping Can Be Removed from WorkFlows e-library General Enhancements Ability to Search Using Operator Terms as Words Pay Bills with Credit Cards via VeriSign's Payflow Pro Payment Processing Gateway Service Increase Number of Icons on Hitlist Number of Renewals Now Displays Item Information Display Now Configurable Change Holdings Display Button Added Control Recall Status Security Feature for e-library Page Source Changed Reservation Access and Appearance Position of Hit List Messages BWI ebooks in Reserves and Call Number Searches New Recommended Reading Lists New and Revised New Best Seller Lists Displaying NetLibrary URLs Change in Content Enrichment Display New Retrieval Method for Syndetics Content Enrichment Corrections Accessing a Different Gateway Text Displays Twice Have You Read Selections Not Displaying in K12 e-library Customized "Hold Placed" Message Did Not Display Missing Buy Now Link on Best Sellers e-library to SingleSearch Query Search Excludes Item Type Cross References Appear as One String Wrong Content Types Appear on Hit List Information on Z3950 Single Item View Not Displaying Call Number Browse and Internet Explorer Incorrect Call Number on Hold Placed Page xvi Table of Contents

17 Buttons Not Working During Browse Search Content Enrichment Missing Information Content Enrichment Missing When Using IIS Error Message for Sites without Content Enrichment Error Message Displays When Clicking Link on Best Seller List Author and Title and Library Search Fails CryptSafe Password User ID Did Not Display on Checked-Out Holdings Changed Reservation Access and Appearance Remote ibistro - Error Message Cannot Change PIN in e-library Change to Relative Font Sizes Unable to View New Books List Duplicate Reserve Items Displaying Go Back Button Not Retaining Library Update ibistro List Content Report Updated New Renew Item Maximum Error Message on Call Number Browse Hyperion Footer Did Not Display Indicator Display Incorrect in Single Item View Booking Created in e-library Did Not Consider Shipping UnicornECOLE Corrections Location Field in K12 Power Search Page Can Be Successfully Hidden Kept Print Functionality Corrected EDI General Corrections Cannot See Full Date/Time for Outgoing EDI Transactions Hyperion General Enhancements Open Archives Initiative (OAI) for Hyperion Separate Hyperion Staff Client no Longer Needed Corrections List User Access to Resources Report Includes ibistro/webcat Accesses Rebuild Content Database Report Now Connects to File Server Port Number Read Correctly for Rebuild Content Database and Add, Update Full Text Content Database Reports Materials Booking General Enhancements WorkFlows Changed to Allow Consecutive Loans and Reservations Corrections Booked Items No Longer Produce Error Message When Being Charged Creating Reservations Online No Longer Produces Error 111 Messages Consecutive Reservations Are No Longer Blocked Issues Regarding Renewing Items Table of Contents xvii

18 Display Item Booking and Create Item Booking Wizards Display Bookings for All Items Instead of a Single Item Change Fixed Time Slots Verify List Error No Longer Produced When Creating Reservations With Fixed Time Slots Placing Booking Reservations in WorkFlows No Longer Causes Error Messages Reserved Items Are No Longer Being Charged to Another User Group Booking Error Messages Have Been Updated Charge Booking Wizard Corrections Incorrect Error Message Has Been Changed in Booking Module Create Booking Wizard Corrections Booked Dates Displaying for Wrong Copy Existing Bookings not Showing when Making Another Booking for the Same Item Wizard No Longer Produces Search Errors User Lost Card Helper is Working Correctly in Create Booking Wizard Create Booking Wizard No Longer Creates Error Message When Using Lookup User Function Outreach General Enhancements Outreach Services Have Been Added to WorkFlows Java Client Corrections Register New User Helper is Working Correctly in Outreach Wizards Modifying Patron s Search Interest Now Works with Language Qualifier Outreach Interests is Saved to User Records Instead of Outreach Templates Create Outreach Information Wizard Corrections Property Defaults Corrected in Create Outreach Information Wizard Pocket Circ General Enhancements Licensing Mechanism Added to PocketCirc Pre/Postamble Byte Sequences Now Configurable in PocketCirc Unnecessary Record Updated Dialog Removed User Searching Added for Checkout, User Registration, and User Modification Ability to Check an Item s Status Added to PocketCirc Item Status Messages Added to PocketCirc s Item Use and Inventory Corrections Files Download to PocketCirc Device When Connecting in Online Mode with an IP Address or Domain Name Processed Item Information Added to the Beginning of Item Lists in PocketCirc Displays PIN Field No Longer Automatically Populated xviii Table of Contents

19 Reports General Enhancements Ability to Output Report Results in Pipe-Delimited Format Ability to Run One Report and Produce Files for Multiple Libraries for Major Statistical Reports and Notices Reports Can Select Transactions Performed by Specified Interfaces Print Separate Files Per Library Option is Disabled When Combine Notices Option is Checked Item Selection and User Selection Improved When Selecting by Extended Information Field Data New Gadget Added to Report Wizards Report Wizard Property Controls Access to Notices Helper Corrections Report Status Screen Displays Correct Date and Time Various Circulation Reports are Now Running Correctly Override Field Expanded to 14 Characters Printing Separate Reports per Library Corrected Reports Could Not Be Scheduled when Policy Descriptions Contained Commas Scheduled Reports No Longer Change Owners After Being Modified Date Filters Have Been Corrected in Schedule New Reports and Display Scheduled Reports Spine Label Printing is No Longer Surrounded by Boxes and Lines Hours and Minutes in Report Pipe Delimited Files Are Showing Correct Time Unable to Use Report Password with Upper and Lower Case Letters Report Run Date and Time Either Prompted or Adjusted for Reports Scheduled During a Daylight Savings Time Change Currency Amounts in Reports Sort Correctly Based on Decimal Pointer Report Log Displays Specified Time For Selecting Transactions Report Selections in the Policy List Gadget Sort Correctly for the Local Language Reports Unable to Load Records in SirsiDynix Flat Format on Unicode Systems Finished Reports Wizard Enhancements Fixed Format Manager Helper Views, s, and Removes Pipe-Delimited Files Generated by Reports Host Timeout Attribute Can Be Used As the Timeout Value for Displaying Large Finished Reports Corrections Report Wizards Now Save the Report Position in the List of Reports Remove Reports List Sorts by Completion Date Schedule New Reports Wizard Enhancements New Property for Controlling Display of Notices Helper Corrections Unable to Send Notices Automatically Unable to Report Results on Windows Servers Date Filter for Scheduling New Reports Corrected Table of Contents xix

20 Scheduled Reports Wizards Enhancements New Suspend Reports Feature New Property for Controlling Display of Notices Helper Corrections ing Pull On Shelf Hold Report Function Has Been Changed Date Filter for Scheduled Reports Corrected Modifying Notice Reports No Longer Loses Filtered User Display Accountability Group Reports Corrections Unable to Run Remove Items by Purge Date Report Acquisitions Group Reports Enhancements Vendor Holding Code Table Options Added to Book X12 Orders Report Default Values for Book X12 Orders Report Purchase Order Reports Now Convert 10-digit ISBNs to 13 Digits Corrections Amount Split Funded Orderlines Roll Over Incorrectly Book X12 Invoices Report Applying Tax from Wrong Fund Title Costs Analysis Report Total Output Incorrect Title Cost by Library/Fund Report Not Printing Last Call Number/Title/Author Correctly Duplicate Title/Item Information Printing in List Titles for Order Lines Report List Invoices, Lines Report Displaying Wrong Total Amount Paid Option Acquisitions Load Group Reports Enhancements New Reports for Creating Selection Lists in Batch Corrections Load Bibs with Order Info and Load Flat Order Records Reports Displaying Erroneous Unbalanced Segments Messages Load Flat Order Records Report Shows All Order Files to Load in the File to Load List Administration Group Reports Enhancements Transaction Statistics Report Now Allows Users to Select Transactions by Interface Information on Trapped Holds Now Included in Transaction Statistics Report Station ID Now Included in Transaction Selections New Zip Code Choice Gadget for Transaction Statistics Selection List Invalid User ID and List Invalid Item ID Reports Have Been Modified Prepare GUI Offline Data Report Updated with Barcode Policy Lists Corrections List Policies Report Now Includes Hold Map Policies Load Users Report Populates the User Birth Date Field with Never Change to Load Users Report Ensures Changes Are Logged to the History Logs Errors No Longer Displaying in Statistics Log Report Statistics Log Report Displays Correct User Location xx Table of Contents

21 Routing Flag Prevents Users From Being Created with the Load User Report Transaction Statistics Report s Transit To, Transit From, and Transit Reason Options Not Working Correctly Transaction Statistics Report Output Zero Totals Transaction Statistics Report Sometimes Unable to Run When Reporting by Workstation Wrong Transit Reasons in Transaction Statistics Report Load Users Report No Longer Creates Users With Routing Flag Set Standalone Report No Longer Shows Wrong Logprint Count in Loadstand Log Hold Recall Without Modifying Hold Level Report Includes Copies Correctly When Recalling Items Authority Group Reports Enhancements New Authority Headings without Associated Bibliographic Headings Report Removed Certain Reports that Maintain Authority Thesaurus New Authority Reports for Updating Authority Headings New Gadget for Selecting Authority IDs Corrections List Unauthorized Tags Report Listed Incorrect Tag Counts Authority Headings without Associated Bibs Now Has Default Date Created of Yesterday List Unauthorized Tags Report Not Displaying Totals Bibliographic Group Reports Enhancements New Extract Deletions for OCLC Report No Sort Options Added to Print Custom Labels Report Print Custom Labels Report Gadget Now Includes Number of Labels Option Corrections Print Custom Label Report is Sorting by Call Number Print Custom Labels Report Requires Printers that Support Printing Graphics Convert Discard Items Report is Now Using the Correct Selection Criteria Convert Discard Items Report Discarding Items Correctly Spine-Labels for Specific IDs Report Gadget Sorted Item IDs List Entries from Catalog Report Has Change in Entries Field Incorrect Print Output Option Used in List Entries from Catalog Report Bibliographies by Call Number Report Not Making Item Selections Message No Longer Displays in the Report Log of the Average Date of Publication Report Unable to Run Average Date of Publication Year Report on Solaris_X86 Systems Load Bibliographic Records Report Updates the Call Number Correctly When the Item Price is Retained Unable to Run Remove DISCARD Items Report Remove DISCARD Items Report Correctly Lists Deleted Items Remove DISCARD Items Report Finishes Properly Remove DISCARD Items Report Updated Edit Bibliographic Data Globally Report Substitutes Search Strings Correctly Table of Contents xxi

22 Booking Group Reports Corrections Pull List of Bookings Report Includes Group ID Information in Report Output Booking with Charges Notice Report Can Now Sort by Zip Code Cataloging Group Reports Corrections Print Custom Labels Report Preview Not Displaying Chinese Characters Properly Circulation Group Reports Enhancements Circulation Reports Now Identify Which Interfaces Created Holds/Recalls and Charges/Renewals Report to Edit Due Dates Added Expire Holds Report Has Been Modified to Handle Blanket Holds Report Added to Permanently Remove Charge History New Report Displays Information for Charges and Renewals by Patron Zip Code Assumed Lost Report Updates an Item s Last Activity Date Default Hold Priority Used When Separating Hold Notices By Library Corrections Users With Items Long Overdue Report Has Size Limit Increased Circulation Mailer Report is Formatting and Printing Correctly Circulation Mailer (Mlrcirc) Report No Longer Runs Slowly on Oracle Sites. 218 Circulation Mailer Report No Longer Prints Extra LInes in the Middle of the Report Output Combine Notices Option Setting Used in the Circulation Mailer Report Hold Overdue Notices Report No Longer Produces Multiple Notices Circulation Reports Now Sort By Library List Users with Overdues Report No Longer Includes Inactive Checkouts New Overdue Notices Report Is Now Sorting by Zipcode Overdue Notice Report No Longer Bounces Back User ID No Longer Prints in Address Field in Overdue and New Overdue Reports New Overdue Report Sorts Correctly From the Sorting Tab Option When Combining Notices Format for Overdue Reports Have Been Changed to Display User Address Zip Code in the Envelope Window Combining Notices Report Was Producing No Results When Being Sorted by Zipcode Pull Onshelf Holds Report No Longer Writes Error Messages to Log File List Onshelf Items with Holds Not ing to Each Library Bill Totals by Reason Report Was Displaying Amounts in Dollars Rather than Local Currency Syntax Error Has Been Corrected in the Clean Hold Shelf Report Bwirelease Report Has Been Modified Holdtocopies Report Has Been Changed to Holds to Copies Ratio Report Circulation by Zip Code Report No Longer Sorts Circulation by Library Library Selection Gadget Has Been Changed in the Circulation by Zip Code Report List Charges by Homeroom Report Has Been Corrected to Include All Students With Overdues xxii Table of Contents

23 List Charges by Homeroom/Zip Report Sorts and Displays User Lists Correctly Collection Exchange Report Group Enhancements Performance Tab Selections Have Been Added to Collection Exchange Reports Debt Collection Report Group Corrections Debt Collection Report Now Prints User Addresses Housekeeping Group Reports Corrections Remove a Group of Users Report Creates the File of Userkeys for Deleted User Records Hyperion Group Reports Enhancements Publish Metadata for OAI Report Added Info Desk Group Reports Corrections Remove Items from Item List Report Not Removing 598 Tags from Bibliographic Records MARC Import Group Reports Corrections Load Bibliographic Records Report Displaying System Messages Maintenance Group Reports Enhancements New Update Shelving Keys Report Corrections Edituser Report No Longer Ignoring User Status Criteria My Circulation Group Reports Corrections List Users with Obligation Report Includes Group ID Selections List Overdues By Group ID Report Updated Users With Overdues Report Date Conflict Has Been Resolved UnicornEcole Reports Modified to Filter Assumed Lost and Claimed Lost Status Information Homeroom Checkouts by Due Date Report Does Not Set Default of STUDENT(S) My Titles Group Reports Corrections Unable to Run Bibliographies Reports Item ID Gadget No Longer Sorts Item IDs in Spine Labels Report Avg Pub Year by Call Number Report Does Not Truncate Years Privatize Group Reports Enhancements New Group for Reports Request Group Reports Corrections Sorting Problem in List Request Records Report Corrected Table of Contents xxiii

24 Reserve Group Reports Enhancements Reservation Status and Reservation Extended Information Have Been Added to Two Reservation Reports Corrections Sorting Problem in List Reservations Report Has Been Corrected Reserve Usage by Call Number Report Sorting Selection Has Been Changed to Reserve Desk/Instructor Name/Call Number Selection List Reports Corrections Reports not Displaying Selected Segments Serials Group Reports Enhancements Serial Controls Not Linked to Vendors Report Corrections Serial Claim Notices Report Printing Error 111 Messages Serial Claim Notices Report Produced Notices for Already Received Issues New Routing Slips Report Only Printing Address 1, Not Primary Address New Routing Slips Report Prints Routing Slips for Received Copies Sirsi Voice Automation Reports Corrections All Selections Can Be Made on the SVA Statistics Report Text Group Reports Enhancements Reorganize Text Dictionary Report Now Reorganizes BRS Text Index File. 235 New Rebuild Heading Display Database Report for Displaying Mixed-Case Headings Multiple Processes Selection Added to Rebuild Heading Databases Report Rebuild Text Database Report Now Captures BRS Status Reorganize User Text Dictionary Report Halts and Restarts the Unicorn Server When the Report Runs on the Windows Platform Corrections Check Text Database Report Unable to Run Add, Delete, Update Databases Report Not Always Restarting User Search Programs Users Group Reports Enhancements Suspension Reports Have Been Modified to Provide Selections for Unsuspension Records Corrections Suspension Reports Selecting Records Based on User Selection Criteria Address Entry Field Has Been Corrected in the List Users Report Request General Enhancements Item Search Gadget Added to Request Wizards in WorkFlows Java Client. 239 xxiv Table of Contents

25 Corrections Duplicating and Modifying a New Request Displays Information for the Correct Item Duplicate Requests Are Counted in Database Updates Date Sort in the Request List Has Been Corrected Create Request Wizard Corrections Create Request Wizard Carries Over Bibliographic Information Of Previously Searched Items SIP2 Server General Enhancements Configuration File for Updates the ILS Cache Report Added to Unicorn SEND_PIN Response Message Configuration Added Corrections AP Field Modified for i-tiva Systems Windows Service Display for NCIP Matches Binary Name Item Properties in SIP Messages Removed for Some RFID Items Renew All Gives Correct System Message When an Item Has a Hold Renew All Returns Correct Message When Item Is Marked Claimed Return Blank Password Field Returns Invalid PIN Response Defunct Child Processes No Longer Slow Server Recirculation Allowed in SIP2 Applications NCIP Now Stops and Starts Correctly During Halt and Run Selection Lists General Enhancements Selection List Wizards Now Available for WorkFlows Java Client Basic Interface for Adding Funding/Distribution Segments Improved Corrections Parts in Set Default Property Ignored by Selection List Wizards Single-Line Selection List Not Displaying Order Information Serials Control General Corrections WorkFlows Client Freezes when Checking in Issues by Barcode Unable to Search Vendor Title Numbers with Alpha-numeric Values Special Serial Issues Not Displaying in the e-library Generate Predictions Helper Displayed Old Chronology Dates Check In Issues of a Serial Wizard Corrections Duplicate Spine Labels Printed When Checking In Serial Issues Unable to Check In Serial Issues without a Prediction Browsing for Serial Controls Corrected Special Instructions Button Appeared Even Though Instructions Did Not Exist for a Control Special Instructions Link Corrected Table of Contents xxv

26 Check In Issues of a Serial Wizard Ignoring Number of Issues Per Browse Screen Property Setting Perform Selected Action Property Radio Buttons Cleared When Moving from Tab to Tab in Wizard Properties Create a Serial Control Wizard Corrections Unable to Enter Custom Chronology Type when Using Policy Descriptions. 249 Duplicating a Serial Control Displays Messages when Editing Distributed Quantity Unable to Use Find Holding Code Helper in Create Serial Control Wizard on Single Library Systems Unable to Add Table of Contents Routing Display a Serial Control Wizard Corrections Display a Serial Control Wizard Always Returned to First Issue in a List of Serial Issues ERMS Wizard Enhancements New Wizard for Accessing Serials Solutions ERMS System Modify a Serial Control Wizard Corrections Unable to Modify Title Selected from Browse List in Wizard Next Step Sirsi Voice Automation Corrections Patron Records Display Correctly if Items Discharged Prior to Overdue Notification Updating Notice Records Has Increased Response Time Standalone/Offline General Enhancements Offline New User Registration Now Allows Four Characters in Title Field Offline WorkFlows Discharge/Checkin Wizard Properties Enhanced Corrections Offline Local Copy System Log Removed Correctly Renew Item Wizard Has Been Changed to Renew Wizard In WorkFlows Standalone System Configuration General Enhancements New Customize Policy List Wizard New LDAP User Authentication Support Format Entries Have New Entry Class Attribute Rpcserver Added to the Unicorn Halt and Run Scripts Unicorn for Oracle Systems Hold Available Item Libraries Attribute of Library Policy Now Considers Library Groups Format Policy Wizards Remember User s Place in the Entry Lists xxvi Table of Contents

27 Corrections Unable to Copy Policies Halt and Run Not Properly Stopping and Starting NCIP Server Unable to Run Auto_haltrun on HP-UX System Remove Dynamic Station Message in System Error Logs Some Policies Missing from K-12 Systems Access Control Configuration Enhancements New Barcode Policy Wizards for Creating Custom Barcode Validation Formats User Access Policy Enhanced with ERMS Account Information Corrections Able to Select Incompatible Barcode Validation Formats Unable to Copy User Access Policy Wizard Able to Select Duplicate Report Group in User Access Wizard Acquisitions Configuration Enhancements Ability to Control Order of Funding/Distribution Segments in Order Map Policies New Delivered Order Type Policy Booking Configuration Enhancements Booking Profile Allows Fixed Time Slots to Span Days Cataloging Configuration Enhancements Unicorn Now Supports UNIMARC Formats Improved Sorting of Government Documents Delivered SuDoc Classification Policy Updated Improved Handling of Space After Colon When Sorting SuDoc Call Numbers New Community Information Format Catalog Formats Updated with Subfield 6 in Every MARC21 Variable Entry 270 New MARC Editor Help Wizard for Modifying Record Editor Help Text New Mixed Materials Cataloging Format Policy New Delivered Bibliographic Map Policies for Mixed Media Entry Now Includes PERTITLE Browse Variation Corrections Unable to Clear Use Attribute for Keyword Index Policy Unable to Create a Synonym List Keyword Index Policy Unable to Modify an Entry ID Circulation Configuration Enhancements New Maximum Fee Feature New Phone Entry Type for User Address Format Entries New Policy to Support Patron Card Printing Feature Corrections Changes to Maximum Fee Attribute of the Billing Structure Wizard Can Be Saved Properly General Configuration Enhancements New OCLC Code Attribute for Library Policy Table of Contents xxvii

28 New Library Calendar Wizard for Non-admin Staff to Modify Library Closed Dates/Days Library Policy Enhanced with Open URL Resolver Information Global Configuration Wizard Enhancements New Display UNIMARC Format Global Configuration Policy Option to Display User Address Can Be Configured on the Global Configuration Wizard New Catalog Search Fields Policy Setting for e-library Searching (EPS) New Global Configuration Policy for Displaying a User s Address in WorkFlows Wizards New Global Configuration Policy to Configure Searching by Previous User IDs in Circulation Wizards Display User Status Header Policy Improved Corrections Display of User Category 3, 4, 5 Policies Missing from Global Configuration Wizard Global Configuration Displays Address3 in Circulation Wizards Unable to Enter Search ID in User Search Fields Policy OPAC Configuration Enhancements Added Ability to Create Instructions, Introductions, and More for WWW Gateway Database Elements Corrections Gateway Database Wizard Now Displays Custom Helper for Custom Page (WebCat) Elements Reserve Configuration Corrections Unable to Create Fixed Time Slots that Span Weeks in Reservation Profile 285 User Configuration Corrections User Profile Policy Not Allowing a Decimal Point in the Privilege Fee Attribute Creating User Profiles Using the InfoVIEW Policy Interface Could Corrupt Policies Vendor Configuration Wizards Enhancements Currency Policy Now Supports Multi-byte Currency Symbols Utilities General Enhancements New Unattended Backup for Unicorn Systems on Solaris 9 Platforms Corrections Unicorn Backup Unable to Handle Disk Size Greater than 2 GB Toolbar Management Wizard Mapping F6, F8, and F10 Function Keys Holding Code Table for EDI Wizard Enhancements New Holding Code Table for EDI Utility Wizard xxviii Table of Contents

29 MARC Export Utility Wizard Corrections MARC Export Utility Wizard Freezes when Saving Exported Records to Workstation Unable to Save Exported Records on Server MARC Selection Import Utility Wizard Enhancements New Wizard for Importing Bibliographic Records with Selection List Data Scanner Upload Utility Wizard Corrections Scanner Upload Utility Wizard Missing Transfer To Options Update Patron Photos Wizard Corrections Update Patron Photos Wizard Unable to Download Photos Update Staff Client Management Wizard Enhancements Update Staff Client Management Wizard Available for Staggered Updates of WorkFlows Java Client WebCat General Corrections WebCat Browse Element Displays Correctly Z39.50 Server General Enhancements ZUNIMARC Format Added Corrections OPAC Augment Search Function Modified Z39.50 Search Access Violation and Browse Failed Return Correct Response Table of Contents xxix

30 xxx Table of Contents

31 WorkFlows Client General Enhancements ISXN Validation Can Now Handle 13-character ISBNs Unicorn wizards can now validate the enhanced 13-character ISBNs. Some acquisitions, cataloging, and serial control wizards contain a behavior property, ISXN Warnings Must Be Acknowledged. If the property is selected, the wizards will display validation warnings when users create or edit catalog records. Users can either correct the invalid ISBNs or ISSNs, or acknowledge the warnings and continue. The ISBN/ISSN validation feature does not prevent an invalid ISBN or ISSN from being saved to the catalog record. Receipt Printer no Longer Required to be Default Printer Previously, the WorkFlows Java client required that in order to support receipt printing, the receipt printer had to be the workstation's default printer. In Unicorn GL3.1, you may now select a receipt printer within the client rather than being required to use the workstation's default printer. To see the new receipt printer selections in the WorkFlows Java client, select Preference, then Peripherals, then Receipt Printer from the menu bar. If the Receipt Printer Available option is selected, the Basic and Attribute tabs become available. The Basic tab now has an option, Display Receipt Printer Dialog, that allows the user to change the printer used for receipt printing on-the-fly. If selected, a dialog opens as you print receipts, allowing you to select from a list of available printers. The Receipt Printer box contains a drop-down list of printers that can be selected as the default printer for printing receipts. Note: Macintosh workstations always display the Receipt Printer dialog. Browse Search and Cross References Now Display Mixed-case Authority Headings Previously, the results of a subject browse search or cross references displayed as normalized headings. The text of an individual heading was all uppercase and punctuation had been removed. For example, the resulting hitlist for the subject browse dance displayed as follows. DANCE DANCE ARIZONA DANCE AS A PROFESSION DANCE COMPANIES WorkFlows Client 31

32 DANCE COMPANIES GERMANY DANCE FINLAND DANCE FOR CHILDREN DANCE HANDBOOKS MANUALS ETC DANCE LAW AND LEGISLATION NEW YORK STATE BUFFALO In Unicorn Version GL3.1, the results of a subject browse search or cross references in the WorkFlows clients and e-library now display as they do in the bibliographic records which created the entries in uppercase and lowercase letters with punctuation retained. For example, the resulting hitlist for the subject browse dance displays as follows. Dance Dance Arizona Dance as a profession Dance companies Dance companies Germany Dance Finland Dance for children Dance Handbooks, manuals, etc. Dance Law and legislation New York (State) -- Buffalo Note: The mixed-case headings enhancement is for display only, and does not affect any Unicorn functionality sites are accustomed to. The mixed-case headings are created from the heading display databases for display only. The authority index and authority databases still function as the control for authority processing, as they always have. Screen Printing of Glossary Windows in Display Bibliographic Description Helper Now Supported It is now possible to use the Print and Print Previews commands from the File menu or use the Print wizard to make screen prints of glossary windows in the Display Bibliographic Description helper. Example: Using the Item Search and Display wizard, a user searches a title with items, then clicks Detailed Display. The user clicks the Display Bibliographic Description helper, clicks one of the underlined item IDs, and a glossary window opens. The user can then print this glossary by clicking the Print wizard or by selecting Print or Print Preview from the File menu. Screen Printing Support Enhanced The WorkFlows Java client screen printing has been improved. The screen printing feature includes the ability to print the current screen to a text file, where users can modify the content before submitting the print job to a printer. On the File menu, the Print Screen command allows the user to print the contents of the current wizard window. When the user clicks Print Screen, the contents of the current wizard window are exported to the application specified in Print Setup for printing and modification (if the selected application is capable of editing an HTML file). If an application is not specified, the default Internet browser for the workstation is used. The Print Setup command in the File menu displays the following options. 32 WorkFlows Client

33 Application to Dump Screen Use this option to select an application for viewing and modifying the contents of a screen print. Print to a Printer Use this option to select a printer for printing wizard data templates. Select a printer from the drop-down list. The selected value will be saved to Desktop Preference. If a printer is selected, the Print to an Application option becomes unavailable. Print to an Application Use the Select File gadget to select an application for printing wizard data templates, such as Microsoft Word. If an application is selected, the Print to a Printer option becomes unavailable. Note: The Print wizard must be included in the User Access List of the user s login to access the Print Setup command from the File menu. Note: Some wizard windows have print templates defined. For those wizards, the Print command on the File menu or Print wizard are the preferred print options. If a wizard window does not have a defined print template, the Print command and Printer wizard are unavailable. Use the Print Screen command instead. For a list of wizards with defined print templates, refer to the Print Wizard topic in the WorkFlows Java client online Help. Insert/Overstrike Mode Supported The ability to toggle between insert and overstrike mode is now available in the WorkFlows Java client by pressing the Insert key. Log In History Saved In the WorkFlows Java client, a login history is now saved to the user s workstation desktop WorkFlows preference file. The host name, port number, and other server-specific information is saved only if the connection is successful. When the user logs in again, she is able to select a hostname:port from the IP Address field drop-down list in the client s Configuration window. Expanded Field Sizes for Unicode Character Support For sites that use UTF8 (Unicode) character encoding, the Unicorn fields were smaller than the documented field sizes. In UTF8 encoding, a single character can be up to four bytes long, but in ASCII encoding, the character and byte sizes are the same. Now, the Unicorn fields have been expanded to support the multibyte characters in UTF8 encoding. Color Changes in WorkFlows Themes When changing from one WorkFlows theme to another, the new color scheme is now immediately applied to the current, open wizard. Improved Method for Retrieving Patron Photos from Server When retrieving patron photos from the server for display in circulation wizards, the WorkFlows Java client downloads image files and saves them WorkFlows Client 33

34 locally to the workstation so they can be immediately retrieved the next time wizards request the photos. At times, there was a performance issue when the client searched for a missing patron photo. Each time the wizard window refreshed, the wizard searched for the missing photo again. Now, the client keeps track of missing photos, and does not continue to search for the photos as wizard windows are refreshed. In Copy and Paste, Client Replaces Line Feed/Carriage Return Characters with Spaces Previously, if a user copied and pasted text that included line feed and/or carriage return characters, the client would consider these characters to be the end of a transaction rather than text, and this could cause problems. Now, if the user copies and pastes text with line feed and/or carriage return characters, the client will replace these characters with a couple of spaces. Policy Descriptions in Drop-down Lists Now Sorted Alphabetically Previously, if a site was configured to display policy descriptions rather than policy names, the drop-down lists for policy selections were not sorted alphabetically. The policy name sort was retained. Now policy descriptions are sorted alphabetically in the drop-down lists. Printer Page Setup Enhanced Printer page setup has been enhanced in the WorkFlows Java client. Users can now indicate custom paper sizes or allow the client to determine the paper size used by the default printer. Select Page Setup in the File menu to display configuration options for paper size, print orientation, and margins. Under Paper, select one of the following sizes from the drop-down list. A4 210 x 297 mm in size Custom Type the Width and Height of the paper being used, and be certain to select the appropriate Units from the drop-down list. Legal 8.5 x 14 inches in size Letter 8.5 x 11 inches in size Receipt Paper Select the appropriate Units from the drop-down list. Units Select either Inches or Centimeters from the drop-down list Under Orientation, click either Portrait or Landscape. Under Margins, type values for the Right, Left, Top and Bottom margins, and be certain to select the appropriate Units from the drop-down list. If a printer was selected as a default printer in the File/Printer Setup menu, the client will try to determine the size and height of the paper being used in the selected printer and pre-set the margins and paper size. 34 WorkFlows Client

35 Note: The Print wizard must be included in the User Access policy linked to the user s login for the user to access the Page Setup command from the File menu. Screen Printing Available for Cataloging and Authority Wizards The File menu s Print Screen command is now available for cataloging and authority wizards. When the user selects Print Screen, the contents of the current wizard window are exported to the application specified in the File menu s Print Setup command for printing and modification (if the selected application is capable of editing an HTML file). If an application is not specified in Print Setup, the default Internet browser for the workstation will be used. Ability to Screen Print Properties Windows When Opened from a Right-Click Previously, if a user opened wizard properties by right-clicking the wizard icon and selecting Properties from the shortcut menu, he could not make a screen print of the wizard properties. Properties windows opened from a right-click were created as dialog boxes that could not be screen printed. Now, Properties windows opened from a right-click open as printable windows, and users can make screen prints of the properties. Note: Cataloging wizard property screens can not be printed. Printer Code Page Feature Added to Receipt Printing on Windows Workstations A new Print Code Page feature has been added to receipt printer configuration. Some receipt printers support printing multi-byte diacritics/characters, and some do not. Code pages translate these multi-byte characters for the printer. When configuring a receipt printer for WorkFlows, if the user selects the No Built In Raster Driver check box, the Printer Code Page option becomes available. The user then selects the code page the receipt printer supports from the drop-down list, either CP437 or CP850. Note: To determine whether or not a receipt printer supports printing multi-byte diacritics/characters and which Printer Code page is supported, refer to the printer manufacturer s documentation. Note: This change is available only for Windows workstations. Print Wizard and Print Command Now Include Window Title and Date Printed in Print Output When a user clicks the Print wizard or selects the Print command from the File menu, the current wizard window data is sent to a printer. Previously when looking at the printed page, the user could not determine which wizard window was printed, nor the date the print job was initiated. Now, when using the Print wizard or Print command, the wizard window title and print job date are included in the print output. WorkFlows Client 35

36 Improved Screen Printing of Long Tables When viewing a Print Screen of a table in Microsoft Word, a user noticed that the entire table did not print if the table spanned more than one page. Now, the. WorkFlows Java client has been improved to correctly screen print long tables. Now Able to Select Policies in Policy List Gadget Using a Doubleclick When selecting multiple policies in wizards or reports using the Policy List gadget, users can now easily move a policy to and from the List to Choose From and List Selected panes using the double-click method. The left and right arrows are still available for moving policies. Toolbar File Directories Now Cleared When New Toolbars Downloaded Previously, if a user connected to different servers with the WorkFlows Java client, it was possible to see toolbars that were not suitable for the server the user connected to. The toolbar files appropriate for that server were not downloaded to the user s workstation because toolbars already existed in the workstation s local toolbar file directories. Now, when a user connects to a different server, and either delivered or customized toolbar files appropriate to the server need to be downloaded to the workstation, WorkFlows first removes the local toolbar file directories, \Toolbar and \Toolcust, creates new directories, and populates them with the appropriate delivery and custom toolbars. Note: The \Toolbar and \Toolcust directories are found in the user s home directory under \Sirsi\Workflows. On Windows workstations, the home directory is typically \Documents and Settings. Users Can Add a Custom Logo to WorkFlows Themes Menu Bar In the WorkFlows Themes view, it is possible to add a custom logo to the Menu bar where the SirsiDynix logo currently displays. The following are requirements for adding a custom logo. The size of the image must be 83 x 27 in pixels and preferably have a transparent background. Name the file customlogo.gif, and place this file in the /Unicorn/Clients/Custom directory on the server. Using stamp file mechanism, the WorkFlows client will check whether the customized logo image file should be downloaded to the workstation. If the stamp file does not match, the image file will be downloaded to \<installed directory>\images directory on the workstation. When creating the Menu bar in Themes, WorkFlows checks to see if \<installed directory>\images\customlog.gif exists or not. If so, WorkFlows loads the customized logo image instead of sirsilogo.gif. 36 WorkFlows Client

37 Browse Search Summary Statement Improved Unicorn does not support a browse search against a library search group. As a result, if a user performs a keyword search and no hits are found, Unicorn defaults to a browse search that searches ALL LIBRARIES, not the library search group. In the WorkFlows Java client, the search summary statement in the Search window has been improved to reflect this behavior. Previously, the client would display a statement like the following. No Keywords Found Browse [Index] [Search terms] WESTERN [Library search group] Now, the client displays a statement like the following. No Keywords Found Browse [Index] [Search terms] ALL LIBRARIES Searching All Stopwords Displays System Message Previously in the WorkFlows Java client, if a user typed a search that included all stopwords (for example, a of the), the client would display a browse hit list. In the WorkFlows C client, if a user typed a search with all stopwords, the client would display the following message. Your search contains all stopwords Now, the WorkFlows Java client will display the preceding message when a user attempts a search with all stopwords. Note: To execute a search with all stopwords, type the quotes around the search terms. For example, type a of the. Corrections Wizards Menu Not Displaying Correct List of Modules or Current Toolbar In the Wizards/My Wizards menu, only the Acquisitions, Circulation, and Configuration modules displayed in the list. This occurred in both the WorkFlows Java client Classic and Themes views. In WorkFlows Themes view, if a user clicked a module button, the Wizards/Toolbar menu did not display the current toolbar. These issues have been corrected. Property Files Containing Chinese Characters Not Saved Properly Previously, if properties were customized for a Chinese language site, the Chinese characters in the properties files were not saved properly. After saving a properties file to the server, when a user viewed the file again, the Chinese characters were unrecognizable. Before properties files are saved to the server, they are first saved locally. But, on Unicode systems (UTF-8), the client was only saving these files using the Windows default encoding. This has been corrected. WorkFlows Client 37

38 Now, the client also saves these files in the UTF-8 encoding, thus preserving the Chinese character encoding. Unable to Save Font Settings Previously, if a user changed the font setting in the Desktop/Font Settings menu, then restarted the WorkFlows Java client, in some cases the font would always reset to the system default, the Dialog font. The client was not recognizing the new font setting. This has been corrected. Currency Field Values Not Displaying on Chinese Language Workstations When displaying the Bill Threshold attribute of a User Profile policy, the field was always empty. On Chinese language workstations, any currency field value would not display properly. The amount values returned from the Unicorn server to the client used currency symbols that could mismatch the locale, or language, of the workstation. This has been corrected. Unable to Copy Wizards and Wizard Groups to Local Toolbar Files List In some instances, users were unable to copy individual wizards or wizard groups to local toolbars. Wizard groups from the delivered toolbar pasted to the local toolbar would not be saved. Individual wizards could be copied and pasted, but not the wizard groups. Individual wizards from the delivered toolbar pasted to any wizard group on the local toolbar would not be saved. These issues have been corrected. Unable to Start Wizards from the All Wizards or My Wizards Menus Previously, when using a WorkFlows Java client Themes display option, the user could not start wizards from the All Wizards or My Wizards menus. This has been corrected. Search Queries with Hyphens Not Working Properly A search query containing a hyphen surrounded by spaces, like the following query, did not work properly. Sullom Voe terminal an environmental review A query such as this displayed an item not found message, but displayed the browse list containing the term that was supposedly not found. Previously, a hyphen surrounded by spaces was treated as a word for searching purposes. 38 WorkFlows Client

39 This has been corrected. Now, a hyphen surrounded by space is disregarded when processing the search. Unable To Use Keyboard Shortcuts In the WorkFlows Java client, if all wizard windows were minimized, the user was unable to use function key mapping for the client desktop. This has been corrected. Function Key Mapping Cleared after Clicking Cancel In the WorkFlows Java client, if a user selected the Function Key Mapping command from the Preference/Desktop/Current Toolbar menu, and then clicked Cancel, when the user displayed the Function Key Mapping window again, all function key mappings were cleared. The Function Key Mapping command did not restore the original mappings. This has been corrected. Duplicate Items in Modules Menu List In the WorkFlows Java client Themes view, each time a user started the Toolbar Management wizard, then quit the wizard without making any changes, the Modules menu would display duplicate items in the menu list. When the Toolbar Management wizard quits, it clears the Modules menu list and resets it with the current list of toolbars. But, when the user quit the wizard without making changes, the wizard was not clearing the list, and so created duplicate entries. This has been corrected. Closing the Update Staff Client Dialog Box with Close Button Caused WorkFlows to Freeze Previously, when logging into the WorkFlows Java client, if the Update Staff Client dialog box appeared, and the user clicked the Close button (X), the client would freeze. The user had to use the Task Manager to stop the client. This has been corrected. Wizard Name Not Refreshed in Toolbar Management Tree Display In Toolbar Management, after a user changed the name of a wizard or wizard group, the name could appear as... in the Toolbar Management tree display. If the new wizard name was longer than the previous name, the width of the field in the Toolbar Management tree was not being increased to properly display the new name. As a result, only the ellipses would appear. This has been corrected. WorkFlows Client 39

40 Group Wizard Icon Image Not Appearing in Toolbar Management In Toolbar Management, after adding a group wizard to a toolbar, even though the user selected an image file for the group wizard, the image was not appearing in the toolbar tree. This has been corrected. Wizard Icon Image Not Correctly Selected in Toolbar Management In Toolbar Management, when a user selected a wizard from the list of wizards to add to a toolbar, the other wizard fields were correctly populated, except the wrong image file was selected. This has been corrected. Toolbar Manager Erroneously Removing Delivery and Local Toolbar Files In the Toolbar Manager, if a user copied a toolbar from the Delivery pane to the Local pane, then modified and saved the toolbar with a new name in the Local pane when the original toolbar was removed from the Local pane, the original toolbar was also removed from the Delivery pane and the original toolbar and its modified copy were also removed from the Local pane when the Toolbar Manager was closed and reopened. This has been corrected. Unable to Add Removed Wizard Back to a Toolbar Previously in Toolbar Management, if a user removed a wizard from a toolbar, then decided to add this wizard back to the toolbar, the client would display the following message. The wizard already exists in the toolbar Toolbar management would not allow the user to add the wizard back to the toolbar. This has been corrected. All Wizards and My Wizards Submenus Not Appearing in French When the client s current language was set to French, the All Wizards and My Wizards submenus did not appear in the Wizards menu. This has been corrected. Dialog Boxes Not Changing to Current Language In the WorkFlows Java client, when a user changed the current language during a workstation session, the dialog boxes would not change to the current language. This has been corrected. Desk Hour-related Gadgets Corrected In desk hour related gadgets (such as the Fixed Times Slots, Desk Hours, and Reservation Unavailable gadgets) if a user selected an entry for update and 40 WorkFlows Client

41 modified the start or end time to overlap with another entry in the list, an error message would display. When the user closed the error dialog box, the original entry would be removed from the list. This has been corrected so that the original entry is retained in the list. Also, in the Reservation Unavailable gadget, a user could not update an existing desk hour entry to within an hour range, such as 12:00-12:59. The following message would display Closing time can not be earlier than the opening time. This has been corrected. CAPS LOCK and Drop-down Lists Previously in the WorkFlows Java client, if CAPS LOCK was on, partial matching for the drop-down lists no longer worked. If the user typed the first few letters in the text box, the drop-down list would not match the letters to a list value. This has been corrected. Display a Search Results Truncation Message In the e-library, when a search is incomplete, the e-library will prominently display a warning message like the following. Truncation matched too may keywords--partial results returned However, when performing a search in the WorkFlows client, if the search results were truncated, the WorkFlows C client displayed the preceding message inconspicuously at the bottom left of the window, and the WorkFlows Java client didn t display any message. Now, the WorkFlows clients prominently display the search results truncation message above the search hitlist. Non-system Admin User Prompted to Update Client A user logged in to WorkFlows as a non-system administrator user and was prompted to update the client. The update client download succeeded, however the installation failed because the user needed administrator privileges to install the software on the workstation. If a non-administrator user logs in to WorkFlows, since the user will not have write permission to the WorkFlows installed directory, the user should not be prompted to update the client. Now, WorkFlows checks whether or not the login user has permission to write to the client installation directory before prompting for client updates. WorkFlows Client 41

42 Order Display Aligned Correctly in the Display Bibliographic Description Helper In the Orders display of the Display Bibliographic Description helper, the information display did not align properly if the title on order had copies with more than one status. The first line would display the library, copies, and order status. Subsequent rows of copy information would align under the library instead of the copies column, resulting in a confusing display. Example Orders library:main copies:14 status:on-order copies:5 status:received The Orders display of the Display Bibliographic Description helper has been changed so the copies columns and status columns align properly, as shown in the following corrected display. Example Orders library:main copies:14 status:on-order copies:5 status:received Call Number Browse Options Applied in Item Search In the Item Search, options set for the Call Number Browse in the Configure Options for Item Search helper were not being applied. As a result, the item hit list was not being filtered correctly by the Call Number Browse options (such as the Item Type). The Item Search has been corrected to use the options that the user sets in the Call Number Browse of the Configure Options for Item Search helper. Item Search and Display Wizard Enhancements Modified By Field Removed from Control Tab Display in Item Search and Display Wizard When viewing a title in the Item Search and Display wizard, the Modified By field on the Control tab displayed the user access of the login user, but this was not the user who last modified the title. In wizards that modify title records, this is an expected behavior, but this was confusing to users when using Item Search and Display. Now, the Modified By field has been removed from the Control tab in the Item Search and Display wizard. 42 WorkFlows Client

43 Item Search and Display Tabs No Longer Display Library Fields for Single Library Systems Previously on single library systems, the Item Search and Display wizard tabs would display a Library field, and this field would often be blank. It is not always necessary to display a Library field for a single library system, and if it is displayed, it should contain the single library value. The following Item Search tabs have been changed. Bookings tab Place At Library column no longer displays Checkouts tab (on Call Number/Item tab) Charge Library field no longer displays Holds tab (on Call Number/Item tab) Pickup, Placed At, and Owning Library fields no longer displays Orders tab Library field no longer displays Serials Ctrl tab Serial Control Library field no longer displays Ability to Sort Columns on Item Tabs The item information tabs of the Item Search and Display wizard, such as Bills, Checkouts, and Holds, display the specific item information in tables. Previously, these tables could not be sorted. Now, the information on these tabs can be sorted by clicking the table column headers. The following Item Search and Display tabs can now be sorted. Bills Bookings Checkouts Charge History Holds Orders Serials Added Selections Tab to Item Search and Display Wizard The Item Search and Display wizard now displays the Selections tab. This tab displays the selection lists linked to the current title. Display of the Selections tab is controlled by the Show Selectionlist Folder property and additional options set in the Item Search and Display Wizard properties. The heading for the Selections tab indicates the total number of selection lists for the displayed title for the current acquisitions library, or perhaps all libraries. WorkFlows Client 43

44 The Selections tab displays the following fields in the table. Fiscal Cycle Library Line List ID Status Under Display, the following display options can be set. To view selection lists for a particular library, the user selects the library from the drop-down list. To view selection lists of a particular status, the user selects the status from the drop-down list. When the user selects a selection list in the table, the right window pane displays selection list detail including created by, date created, list owner, selection list categories, and more. New Checkouts Types for Checkouts Tab The Checkouts tab that appears on the Call Number/Item tab now displays the Claims Returned and Overdue checkouts types in the Status field. Previously, these checkout types did not display in this field. New Show Charge History Default Property The Item Search and Display wizard properties displays a new default property, Show Charge History. When this property is selected, the Charge History tab will display under the Call Number/Item tab. The Charge History tab displays the item s charge histories in a table format. New Title Level Holds Tab in Item Search and Display The Item Search and Display wizard now displays a Holds tab under the Call Number/Item tab when a call number is selected (highlighted) in the Call Number/Item tree. This tab displays the title level holds for the selected call number. 44 WorkFlows Client

45 Corrections Unable to Use Order Wizards after Displaying or Working with Item Search and Display Properties After viewing the properties of the Item Search and Display wizard (regardless of whether the user made changes to the properties or simply had clicked Cancel), if the user immediately opened one of the order wizards, such as Display Order, the following message would appear. Sorry, you do not have privilege to display orders for any library This message appeared even though the Item Search and Display wizard properties complied with permissions set in the Library policies, and the acquisitions Session Settings also matched the Library policies. This has been corrected. Item Search and Display Wizard s Circ Info Tab Not Displaying Number of Orders In the Item Search and Display wizard, if the user searched by item ID, the Orders field on the Circ Info tab displayed the value None no matter how many copies were on order. If the user clicked the Bib tab, the Orders field was populated with the correct value. This has been corrected. Item Search and Display LC Subject Browse Displayed System Message Previously, if a user performed a browse search using the Subject (LC) index in the Item Search and Display wizard, and selected an item in the hitlist with one or more headings, the following system message would appear in the View pane. #ccnot defined This has been corrected. Default Options for Item Search Helper Used in Other Modules When using the Configure Options for the Item Search helper in the Item Search and Display Wizard to set default options, those default options are now not only used in other cataloging wizards, but they are also now kept and applied in the serials, acquisitions, circulation and academic reserves wizards which also use Item Search and Display. WorkFlows Client 45

46 Unable to View Bills/Checkouts/Holds in Item Search and Display Wizard Previously in the WorkFlows Java client, if the Bills/Checkouts/Holds tabs display default library in the Item Search and Display wizard properties was set to a library group instead of an individual library, the item information tabs would not appear in the Detail Display. Previously, when the wizard displayed bills/checkouts/holds, it consulted the circulation maintenance libraries defined in the Library policy to determine whether or not this information could be displayed to the user. This was an incorrect behavior. The item s information tab windows now use the correct list of libraries for bills/checkouts/holds. The wizard consults the bill display libraries for the Bills tab and the circulation display libraries for the Checkouts and Holds tabs. And, the wizard correctly distinguishes between library groups and individual libraries in these library lists. Media Desk Value Not Displaying in Circulation Info Area of Item Search and Display Wizard The Item Search and Display wizard will display circulation information on the Call Number/Item tab for the selected item in the search hitlist. The Media Desk value is part of this circulation information but previously was not displaying. It did display on the Item Information tab when the user clicked Detailed Display. Now, the Media Desk value will display in the Call Number/Item tab that displays with the search hit list. Item Search and Display Wizard s Call Number/Item Tab Circulation Information Updated Previously, the Item Search and Display wizard s Call Number/Item tab was missing some circulation information. In the circulation information detail area, the Date Last Charged field did not include a time, and the Date Due field was missing. Now, the circulation information detail area on the Call Number/Item tab includes the date last charged/time and date due/time. 46 WorkFlows Client

47 Academic Reserves General Corrections Overdue Reserves Prompts for Alt Circ Rule If a patron had overdue reserve items checked out and the reserve desk policy had an overdue block set, the system did not prompt for an alternate circ rule during checkout. Example: The Reserve desk policy was set to allow alt circ rules, but the alt circ rule was not manually applied. The policy had a checkmark by overdue block. The Reserve Desk was set up for the alt circ rule to occur 120 minutes before the closing time of 8:00 p.m. The reserve record was set for a 2 hour loan period. There is a checkmark in the box for a manual circ rule. On Saturday at 7:30 p.m., an item is checked out to a user who already has overdue reserve items checked out. The operator was prompted for an override for the overdue reserve block and an override was performed. Item was checked out and due Monday (since Sunday was closed) but the operator was not prompted for an alt circ rule. However if the same item is checked out to another user who does not have overdue reserve items, Unicorn prompted for an alt circ rule. Previously, Unicorn did not prompt for an alternate circ rule if a patron had overdue reserve items checked out. This has been corrected. Creating and Displaying Reserve Records No Longer Produces Errors Unicorn was producing errors when a user attempted to either display a reserve record by instructor or create a reserve record. Example: When using the Display Reserve wizard and searching by the instructors name, after clicking the name of the instructor on the list, the following message displayed. Internal Program Error: Reserve copy not found Then when attempting to search for the reserve item, the location for the item did not change. It was still in its home location instead of the reserve location. Academic Reserves 47

48 When attempting to create a reserve record, the following message displayed. ERRORS FOUND INVESTIGATE LIST OF COPIES. When OK was clicked, the following message displayed. VAR DATABASE ERROR --UNABLE TO PROCESS REQUEST There was a problem with the reserve control databases which caused the reserve commands to process incorrectly. This has been corrected. Academic Reservations No Longer Requires an End Time for Reservations If a user tried to create a reservation in the OPAC, the reservation would not be processed unless the user entered an End Time. After entering the Start Day/Time at the Item for Reservation screen, Unicorn displayed the following error message. Reservation system is unavailable during this requested loan period The user would not be able to proceed with the reservation process. The booking program has been modified so that the user no longer needs to type in an End Time when placing an item on reserve when placing a reservation on an item. Due Date for Reserve Items Calculates Correctly When It Matches Reserve Desk Closing Time When a reserve due date was the same as the Reserve Desk closing time, the item would become due at the previous closing time rather than the following day. Unicorn has been changed so that instead of the due date rolling forward to the next opening time, the due date rolls back to the previous closing time. Fixed Time Slots No Longer Missing from Verify List When attempting to create a fixed time slot in the Reservations profile that began on Friday evening at 16:01 and ended on Monday at 10:00 a.m., the following error message displayed. Closing time should not be earlier than Opening time The time slot created did not display in the pull-down verify list on the Assign Patron Reservation Period screen. Unicorn did not allow a fixed time slot to be set between days when the time period crossed over to the next week. This has been changed. 48 Academic Reserves

49 Return to Search Option Has Been Added to the Reserve Search and Course Search Helpers The Display Course, Duplicate Course, Modify Course and Remove Course wizards have been modified to begin with the search instead of including a search helper. This will allow the user to return to the original search list without selecting the helper. Create Reserve Wizard Corrections Extended Information Folder Displays After Reserve Has Been Created In the Create Reserve wizard, the Extended Information folder did not display after the reserve had been created. This has been corrected. Assign Patron Reservation Period Screen Displays When Using Create Reserve Wizard When attempting to create a reservation using the Create Reservation Wizard, the Assign Patron Reservation Period screen would display as blank and the reservation would not be created. This occurred only on Windows servers. Example: 1. Click Make a Reservation Wizard (on the Reserves toolbar) 2. Search for User ID = SAM Search for Item ID = COOKING Highlight item and click Create Reservation button. 5. The resulting Assign Patron Reservation Period screen is blank. This has been corrected so that the screen displays normally and reservations can be created. Academic Reserves 49

50 Display Course Wizard Corrections Display Course Wizard No Longer Produces Error Messages During Browse Searches When using the Display Course wizard, and doing a browse search for an instructor before entering the session settings, the following system message displayed. reserve collection not defined The client does not prompt for reserve desk and the search works correctly. The Display Course wizard has been corrected so that this message is no longer produced. Modify Reserve Wizard Corrections Status Is Updated When Using the Modify Reserve Wizard to Take Items Off the Reserve List When the Modify Reserve wizard was used to take items off the reserve list and the Reserve Status was set to dormant, the individual reserves set to Inactive and the item was set to Not On Reserve, when Modify was clicked the status automatically changed to Return the following message displayed. The status is inconsistent When attempting to modify the reserve again and changing the status to Dormant, the items were removed from the reserve list. The status of the Modify Reserve wizard was not updating correctly when modifying a reserve. This has been corrected. Modify Reserve Wizard Now Updates Status of Reserves The Modify Reserve wizard was not updating the status of reserve records. Example: 1. A reserve record was created with the status of Current, Active, and On-Reserve. 2. Using the Modify Reserve wizard, the status was modified to: Dormant, Inactive and Not on Reserve. 3. When Modify was pressed, a message displayed saying that the status was inconsistent and the status for the reserve had changed from Dormant to Return. 50 Academic Reserves

51 The Modify Reserve wizard was not updating the status of reserve records. This has been corrected. Renew Reserve Wizard Corrections Renew Reserve Wizard Can Now Renew a Reserve With an Override When using the Renew Reserve wizard, when a reserve was renewed that required an override, the wizard closed after the override code was entered. Unicorn did not confirm to the user that the item had been renewed. The Renew Reserve wizard has been corrected so that the user is now returned to the Renew Reserve screen after an override is entered. A confirmation message displays informing the user that the item has been renewed. Academic Reserves 51

52 52 Academic Reserves

53 Accountability General Corrections Unable to Duplicate a Title with Access Restrictions on Unicorn for Oracle Systems After migrating a Unicorn system to Unicorn for Oracle, users noticed that they were unable to duplicate titles that had title-level access restrictions or need-toknows. This has been corrected. Accountability 53

54 54 Accountability

55 Acquisitions General Enhancements Browsing by Order ID Implemented for Invoice Wizards It is now possible to browse invoices by order ID in the WorkFlows Java client invoice wizards. To browse invoices by order ID, do the following. 1) Click an invoice wizard, such as Display Invoice. 2) In the Invoice Search, select the Browse radio button, and in the Index text box, select Order ID from the drop-down list. 3) In the Search For box, type the first few characters of an order ID, or leave the text box blank, and click Search. A browse list of invoices matching the order ID search will appear. Browsing by Invoice ID and Check Number Implemented for Invoice Wizards In the WorkFlows Java client invoice wizards, users can now browse invoices by invoice ID and/or check number. Furthermore, the user can limit these browse searches by vendor ID. Acquisitions Session Setting for Segment Displays Users now have the ability to specify a single funding/distribution segment display or multiple segment display in the acquisitions wizards. In the Acquisitions Sessions Settings, under Display Preferences, the following options appear. Display Only Selected Segment in Viewer Pane of Segments Interface Click this option to limit viewer pane display of segments. Only the segment currently selected in the tree will display in the viewer pane. Number Of Segments to Trigger Display of Single Selected Segment in Viewer Pane If the Display Only One Segment at a Time option is cleared, this text box becomes available. Type the maximum number of segments to display on the Segments tab. Type a value of 100 or fewer. The maximum number of segments that can appear on the Segments tab at one time is 100 (for better performance). Acquisitions 55

56 Display All Cycles Functionality for Order Wizards Now, when a user performs an Order Search, and the search results in a list of orders, the Order Search window will display the Display All Cycles button. The user can then select an order in the list, click Display All Cycles, and all cycles for the selected order will appear. Display All Orderlines Helper Property Added to Order Wizards Users can now control the display of the Display All Orderlines helper in the order wizards. The Display All Orderlines property was added to the Helpers tab in wizard properties for the following wizards. Delete Order Display Order Duplicate Order Modify Order Ability to Control Order of Funding/Distribution Segments When creating fundings and distributions segments for orders, sometimes it is desirable to control the order of fundings, and within each funding, to control the order of distributions. Libraries that have many fundings and distributions per order may prefer to maintain segments in alphabetical or some other locally-defined order. On the Segments tab, it is now possible to insert new funding/distribution clusters and new distributions in a precise position by using one of two methods. Use the right-click method on a funding/distribution in the Segment tree and select a position from the shortcut menu. Select a funding/distribution in the Segment tree, press SHIFT+F10, and select a position from the shortcut menu. Using a shortcut method, the user can do the following. Insert a new funding/distribution cluster with position control Insert a new distribution with position control Change a distribution type Insert a New Funding/Distribution Cluster with Position Control When the user right-clicks a funding in the Segment tree, the shortcut menu displays the following options. Add a Funding/Distribution Cluster(s) Before (Ctrl+F) Add a Funding/Distribution Cluster(s) After (Ctrl+Shift+F) 56 Acquisitions

57 When the user makes a selection from the shortcut menu, the Add a Funding/ Distribution Cluster(s) window opens, allowing the user to make funding and distribution selections, such as number of fundings, funding type, number of distributions, and distribution type. When the user clicks OK, the requested funding cluster or clusters are inserted either immediately before or after the selected (highlighted) cluster in the Segment tree when the sequence began. When insertion is complete, the first newly added funding in the Segment tree is highlighted, and the insertion point in the editor pane is in the first field of the highlighted funding. Insert a New Distribution with Position Control When the user right-clicks a holding distribution, the shortcut menu displays the following options. Add a Funding/Distribution Cluster(s) Before (Ctrl+F) Add a Funding/Distribution Cluster(s) After (Ctrl+Shift+F) Add a Holding Distribution Before (Ctrl+H) Add a Holding Distribution After (Ctrl+Shift+H) Change Distribution Type (Ctrl+T) When the user right-clicks a holding distribution, the shortcut menu displays the following options. Add a Funding/Distribution Cluster(s) Before (Ctrl+F) Add a Funding/Distribution Cluster(s) After (Ctrl+Shift+F) Add a User Distribution Before (Ctrl+U) Add a User Distribution After (Ctrl+Shift+U) Change Distribution Type (Ctrl+T) When the user makes a selection from the shortcut menu, the Add a Funding/ Distribution Cluster(s) window opens, allowing the user to make funding and distribution selections, such as number of fundings, funding type, number of distributions, and distribution type. When the user click OKs, a distribution of the requested type is inserted either immediately before or after the selected (highlighted) distribution in the Segment tree when the sequence began. When insertion is complete, the newly added distribution in the Segment tree is highlighted, and the insertion point in the editor pane is in the first field of the highlighted distribution. Change a Distribution Type The ability to change a distribution type is only available for distributions that have no received and/or loaded/delivered dates. If the user selects Change Distribution Type and the distribution is a user distribution, the user distribution is removed, and a holding distribution replaces it. Likewise, if the user selects Change Distribution Type and the distribution is a holding distribution, the Acquisitions 57

58 holding distribution is removed, and a user distribution replaces it. The distributed quantity and ship to values from the deleted segment will be retained. Enhancements Made to Funding Segment Displays Several enhancements were made to the display of funding segments. When a funding segment containing a fund ID is selected in the Segment tree on the Segments tab, that fund is set as the Current fund. The Current fund cycle is set based on the fiscal cycle of the orderline or selection list to which the segment belongs. The funding segment information display in the editor pane of the Segments tab now has a fund glossary attached to the fund ID. Selected Fund in Fund Lists Now Set as Current Fund An enhancement was made to the Review All Funds and Review Available Funds wizards regarding setting the Current fund value. Now, if a user selects (highlights) a fund in a fund list (either a search hitlist or a tab list) the fund ID, fiscal cycle, and library of that fund becomes the Current fund. New Print Friendly Helper for Order Summary Window In the WorkFlows C client, a new helper appears in the order summary window. The Print Friendly helper displays the order summary in a separate print window, and this display facilitates printing all data in the order summary. For example, some order summaries may include a large number of orderline and orderline fields. If the user selects the Print option from the File menu, some of the orderlines/orderline data may not print. If the user selects the Print Friendly helper, all orderlines/orderline data will be included in the screen print. Display Description Helper Now Unavailable When Displaying Orders Not Linked to Titles Previously, the Display Description helper was still available after the user broke an orderline s link to a title. Now, the Display Description helper is unavailable when a user views an orderline that is not linked to a title in the catalog. Current Vendor Is Now Set From Current Invoice In the WorkFlows C client, selecting an invoice in a hit list or opening the invoice for display or editing would set the associated vendor as the Current vendor. Now, in the WorkFlows Java client, the Current vendor is set from the Current invoice in the following instances. When an invoice is selected in a hit list resulting from an invoice ID, check number, customer number, vendor ID, vendor name, or customer number search, the vendor associated with the invoice will be the Current vendor. 58 Acquisitions

59 Corrections When an invoice or invoice line is opened for editing or display, or an invoice or invoice line is created, the vendor associated with the invoice will be the Current vendor. Order Wizards Not Applying Order Map Values Correctly Previously in the WorkFlows Java client, the order wizards were not applying order map values correctly. Fund encumbrances When a user created an order using an order map for multiple copies funded by multiple single-funding segments, the total encumbrance of the orderline was deducted only from the fund specified by the last funding segment. Total amount and ordered/not funded amounts When order maps were used to create an order, the order amount and ordered/not funded amounts that displayed on the Order tab were double what they should have been. The order wizards have now been corrected. Default Orderline Extended Information Lost when Creating or Duplicating Orders When creating or duplicating orders, if a user edited text in an extended information field adjacent to an extended information field that contained default text, the default text was lost as the edits to the new orderline were saved. This has been corrected. Add Temporary Title Helper Ignored ISXN Property Setting Previously, the Add Temporary Title helper was ignoring the ISXN Warnings Must Be Acknowledged (ISBN/ISSN validation) setting in wizard properties. This has been corrected. Pay Invoice Allowed Paying Invoices with Date Paid of NEVER The pay invoice program used by the acquisitions wizards allowed users to pay invoices with a Date Paid of NEVER. Because wizards that use the edit invoice program determine whether to pay or un-pay an invoice line based on the Date Paid field value, this caused invoice payment problems. This has been corrected. If a user attempts to pay an invoice with a Date Paid of NEVER, Unicorn will display a system message indicating that the date is invalid. Totals Displayed as Zero if Native Currency Not United States Currency If the native currency of the Unicorn server did not use the dollar sign ($) as the currency symbol, amounts generated by the wizards (rather than those calcu- Acquisitions 59

60 lated by the server) would display as zero. Some amounts displayed with the correct value but ignored the server s native currency setting for symbol and decimal. The acquisitions wizards now assign the currency and decimal symbols from the specified Currency policy on the server, or if no Currency policy is specified, use the native currency of the server. Unable to Use Order Wizards after Working with Item Search and Display Properties Previously, if a user viewed or modified the Item Search and Display wizard properties, he could not use the order wizards. Clicking an order wizard displayed the following message. Sorry, you do not have privilege to display orders for any library The Item Search and Display wizard properties check the Bill Libraries Display attribute setting in the Library policy to verify whether the user can view another library s bills. But, the Bill Libraries Display value was being carried over to the acquisitions libraries checks performed by the order wizards. Now, the Bill Libraries Display value is cleared before the order wizards apply their acquisitions libraries validation routines. Property Selections in Create Order Wizards Carried Over to Modify Order Wizard In the WorkFlows C client, if a user selected the Receiving, Loading, and Prepay check boxes in the Create Basic Order or Create Dated Order wizard properties, these property selections were carried over to the Modify Order wizard. This has been corrected. Process of Receiving an Order, Invoicing, and Modifying Same Order Displayed Records Are Currently in Use Messages Previously, after a user received an order, created an invoice, and then attempted to modify the same order, Unicorn would display the following system message. The records are currently in use. Please try again later. The user had to halt and run Unicorn to be able to access the order records. A previous change made to the acquisitions wizards which provides support for displaying title, orderline, and invoice line links locked the associated item records, but failed to remove the locks when finished. This has been corrected. 60 Acquisitions

61 Searching by Fund Level Corrected When searching a fund by fund level, if all four fund level criteria were not specified, the following message appeared even though there were funds that met a single fund level search criteria. Fund not found This occurred in the WorkFlows Java client only. This has been corrected. Acquisitions Wizards Displayed Empty Library Fields on Single Library Systems On single library systems, in various acquisitions wizard windows, the Library fields would display, but they were blank. On single library systems, it is not always necessary to display the Library fields in the acquisitions wizard windows, but if they do display, they should contain that library s policy name or description. This has been corrected. Unlimited Funds Not Supported In the WorkFlows Java client acquisitions wizards, an existing fund with a fixed budget could not be modified to have an unlimited budget. Also, an existing fund with an unlimited budget, when rolled over with the Rollover Fund wizard, acquired a zero balance budget. The Java WorkFlows acquisitions wizards could not handle the non-numeric NOLIMIT value. This has been corrected. Unable to Search All Orderlines/Invoice Lines in French Language WorkFlows Client When Selecting Tout In the French language WorkFlows Java client, users were unable to search orderlines or invoice lines when they selected Tout, which is the French ALL value. The client was sending the value Tout when the server was expecting the internal ALL value for all orderlines/invoice lines. This has been corrected. Unable to Open Multi Glossary in Orderlines List If a user clicked the Multi glossary for the Fund/Distribution column in an orderlines list (displayed on the Orderlines tab), the glossary would not open, and the WorkFlows Java client would freeze. This has been corrected. Acquisitions 61

62 Modifying Wrong Title After Pressing Enter When modifying two multiple line orders, if the user pressed ENTER after modifying the second order (rather than clicking OK with the mouse), the title of the modified orderline changed to a title from the first order. This has been corrected. Wrong Fiscal Cycle Selected When Using Arrow Keys In a list of orders, if a user used the arrow keys to select a fiscal cycle of an order and clicked the Display Order button, a different fiscal cycle for that order displayed. However, if the user clicked a fiscal cycle in the list, highlighting the cycle to display, then clicked the Display Order button, the correct fiscal cycle displayed. This occurred in the Display an Order and Modify an Order wizards, and only if two (or more) orders had different fiscal cycles, but shared the same purchase order number. This has been corrected. First Orderline Overwritten With Title From Another Orderline After Multiple Modifications on Order Previously, the first orderline on an order could be overwritten with the title from another orderline after the user made multiple modifications to the order. Corrections have been made to the modify orderline steps, including cleanup after the client receives multi-line order information and avoiding unintentional saving of order data, providing cleaner modify order process. These changes prevent orderlines data from being overwritten with errant data. Add Dated Order Wizard Corrections Edits in Add Dated Order Wizard Were Lost when Moving Between Orderline and Title Info Tabs When creating a new order in the Add Dated Order wizard, after adding unit price, days in subscription period, and renewal date information in the Enter Orderline Information window, if the user clicked OK, then clicked the Title Info tab, the following message displayed. Please indicate the subscription period before continuing This message shouldn t have displayed, because the user had just finished typing that information. If the user clicked the Orderline tab, another incorrect message displayed. Please indicate the subscription period before continuing 62 Acquisitions

63 If the user clicked OK in the message dialog box, the Orderline tab re-displayed, but the unit price and days in subscription values disappeared, and had to be retyped. This has been corrected. Add Ordered Items to Catalog Wizard Enhancements Ability to Print Title Information from Modify Title Helper Previously, users were not able to print title information from the Modify Title helper found in the Add Ordered Items to Catalog wizard. Now, the Modify Title helper supports printing title information. Users can print from the Print Menu or by clicking the Print wizard. Add Orderlines Wizard Corrections Order Map Template Not Available in Add Orderlines Wizard Previously, the Add Orderlines wizard did not include the option for matching order map entries like the Add Basic Order wizard. Now, the ability to select order map templates has been added to the Add Orderlines wizard. In wizard properties, the Behavior tab now displays the Use Quantity for Matching Order Maps property. Add Vendor Cycle Wizard Corrections Add Vendor Cycle Displays Wrong Message when Adding a Duplicate Vendor Cycle Previously, when using the Add Vendor Cycle wizard, if a user added a new vendor cycle to a vendor record, and the vendor cycle already existed, the following system message would displayed. Vendor not found This message was incorrect. Now, if a user attempts to add a duplicate vendor cycle, the following system message displayed. Vendor cycle already exists Acquisitions 63

64 Create Basic Order Wizard Corrections Adding Temporary Title from Create Order Wizards Corrected When using one of the create order wizards, if a user selected the Add Temporary Title button, but encountered an invalid library warning (a warning that displays when the user is unable to modify another library s call number or item information), after the user clicked OK, the Item Search fields would be cleared and the Add Temporary Title button would disappear from the Item Search window. This has been corrected. Unable to Create Order for Item Created from Link Order Line Holdings to Titles Wizard After creating a basic order, if a user created an item for the order and set the date loaded using the Link Order Line Holdings to Titles wizard, then when the user attempted to create another order for this item ID, the item displayed, but she could not create the order. The wizard displayed the following error dialog. Vendor/cycle discrepancy The create order wizards contain a check for existing orderlines, so that vendor/ order type information is set for the first new orderline only. But, in this instance, the item already had a linked orderline/order number (due to the way it was created) and since it was the first orderline, the wizard skipped entering the vendor and order type information, and so the order could not be created. This has been corrected. The wizard now enters vendor and order type information correctly when creating an order for an item already linked to another order. Display Order Wizard Corrections Vendor ID Glossary Not Working in Display Order Wizard Previously, the vendor ID glossary was not working on the Order and Order History tab in the Display Order wizard. This has been corrected. 64 Acquisitions

65 Display Invoice Wizard Enhancements Invoice Search by Title Control Number Corrected In the Display Invoice wizard, when a user searched an invoice by title control number, the wizard displayed a browse list of invoices, but when the user selected an invoice and clicked Display Invoice, nothing would happen. This occurred when the invoiced title had no linked items, such as a title created with the Add Temporary Title helper. This has been corrected. Display Vendor (Specific Cycle) Wizard Corrections Display Vendor (Specific Cycle) Wizard Loses Cursor Focus in Order List In the Display Vendor (Specific Cycle) wizard, if a user searched a vendor and clicked the Orders tab to view a long list of orders for this vendor, selected an order, and clicked the Display Order tool, then after closing the Display Order tool, the last viewed order was no longer highlighted in the list. The wizard returned to the top of the order list instead. The Display Vendor (Specific Cycle) wizard s order list display has been corrected. After displaying an order from the order list, the wizard now retains the cursor focus and highlights the last viewed order in the list. Duplicate Order Wizard Enhancements Duplicate Order Wizard s Orders Tab Now Displays Acquisitions Tools In the Duplicate Order wizard, if a user searches orders by title, and the search results in a list of orders for the same title, these orders are listed on the Orders tab. Previously, the user was unable to view detailed orderline information and could not make any changes to the orderlines on the Orders tab. Other order wizards provided this capability. Now, the Orders tab in the Duplicate Order wizard displays the Display Orderline and Modify Orderline tools for displaying and/or modifying the orderlines linked to the title. Acquisitions 65

66 Corrections Wrong Title Displayed in Duplicate Order Wizard When using the Duplicate Order wizard to duplicate an orderline to an existing order, if the user selected to copy an orderline that was not the first orderline of the source order, after the line was duplicated, the wizard would display title information for the wrong line (the first orderline rather than the duplicated orderline). The Duplicate Order wizard was designed to create a new order, not to add orderlines to an existing order. The Duplicate Orderline tool should be used for this purpose. Changes have been made so that this orderline duplication work flow is blocked. Now in the Duplicate Order wizard, when a user selects an existing order ID as the new order ID, the wizard will display the following message. Order ID already exists for this fiscal cycle. If the user selects a different fiscal cycle, then order duplication will proceed. Should the user want to duplicate an orderline to this new order, she can use the Duplicate Orderline tool. Duplicate Vendor Wizard Corrections Duplicate Vendor Wizard Did Not Permit Editing Currency of New Vendor In the Duplicate Vendor wizard, after copying an existing vendor record to a new vendor record, the user was unable to edit the currency of the new vendor. The Currency field was read-only on the Vendor Information tab. This has been corrected. Now, after a vendor record is duplicated, users are able to edit the Currency field of the new vendor record. Modify Fund Budget Wizard Corrections Modify Fund Budget Wizard Adjusted Wrong Fiscal Cycle If a user changed the fiscal cycle in the Modify Budget wizard (or Adjust Fund Budget wizard in the WorkFlows C client), the budget amount for the fiscal cycle in Session Settings was modified rather than the cycle specified in the wizard. This has been corrected. 66 Acquisitions

67 Unable to Adjust Fund Budgets In the Modify Fund Budget wizard, when a user attempted to adjust a fund budget, the amounts entered were set to A previous change to Unicorn to better handle foreign currencies caused this to happen. This has been corrected. Modify Invoice Wizard Corrections Unable to Use Prorate Invoice Helper Multiple Times in Modify Invoice Wizard If a user clicked the Prorate Invoices helper in the Modify Invoice wizard and successfully prorated an invoice, the Prorate Invoice helper was no longer available when attempting to prorate another invoice. It was necessary to close the wizard for the helper to become available again. This has been corrected. Modify Order Wizard Enhancements Corrections Helper Properties Added to Modify Order Wizard In the first release of the WorkFlows Java client Modify Order wizard, the Break Title Link, Change Title Link, and Replace Fundings & Distributions helper properties were not available. These helper properties have now been added. Modify Order Wizard Could Carry Over Wrong Title In certain circumstances, when a user modified an order, then selected another order to modify (or even a different orderline on the same order), the second order could display the wrong title. It was possible for this wrong title to be saved to the second order. This has been corrected. Acquisitions 67

68 Modify Order Wizard Could Overwrite Titles on Modified Orderlines In the Modify Order wizard, after editing an orderline, if a user selected the Modify Another Order next step and modified another orderline on the same order, the new title could be overwritten by the first orderline title. This has been corrected. Title Not Appearing on Platform Button when Modifying an Order with a Single Orderline Sometimes the title would not display on the Title platform button in the Modify Order window. If the user clicked the Title Info tab, then Cancel, the Orderlines window would successfully display the title information. This occurred only on orders with a single orderline. This has been corrected. Modify Order Wizard Displaying Wrong Title after Review Orderline Step In the Modify Order wizard, after modifying an orderline, if a user clicked Cancel, the highlighted orderline in the Successful Orderlines list was not the orderline she was working with. When the user clicked Review Orderline, then clicked Modify Order, the title for the previously highlighted orderline had changed back to the original line she worked with. In the Modify Order wizard, after a user clicks Cancel, the wizard should clear the temporary item ID and title variables used for displaying titles, and reset these variables properly in the Review Orderline step. This was not happening, and, as a result, the wrong title would display. This has been corrected. Modify Order Wizard s Change Title Link Helper Not Working Properly In the WorkFlows C client, the Modify Order wizard s Change Title Link helper did not work properly in the following instances. If the user cleared the Item ID and Call Number text boxes, the helper appeared to remove the current title link, but after the user clicked OK, the title reappeared in the Modify Order summary window. If the user cleared the Call Number text box and changed the item ID, the current title link appeared to change, but after the user clicked OK, the original title link reappeared in the Modify Order summary window. The Change Title Link helper has been corrected. 68 Acquisitions

69 Modifying an Order, Adding an Orderline, then Canceling Caused Wrong Title to Link to Previous Order In the Modify Order wizard, when a user modified one order, then modified another order, added an orderline, but clicked Cancel, the wrong title would be linked to the orderline on the first order she modified. The Add Orderline step was not clearing the item ID after the user clicked Cancel. This caused the wrong title to link to the previously modified orderline. This has been corrected. Paying an Order in Modify Order Wizard Didn t Decrement Fund Correctly When using the Modify Order wizard to pay for an order, the linked fund was not decremented corrected. If the user modified the orderline segment dates to TODAY and marked the order paid, but did not modify the Amount field, the client sent an empty amount value to the server, and the fund was not adjusted properly. This has been corrected. Pay Invoice Wizard Enhancements Check Number Default Property for Pay Invoice Wizard The Check Number default property has been added to the WorkFlows Java client Pay Invoice wizard. Users can set a default check number when using this wizard. Check numbers may include letters as well as numbers; letters will always be forced to uppercase. Receive Orders Wizard Enhancement Users Can Now Roll Over Recurring Orders Using the Receive Order Wizard In the Receive Order wizard, when receiving a recurring order, the Receiving interface now displays the Fiscal field where a user can type the new fiscal cycle, type NEW in the Line field, and effectively roll over the recurring order. When the user clicks Receive Orderline, the following message displays. Recurring order: new order and line will be created. When the user clicks Receive Orderline again, the following processes occur automatically. Acquisitions 69

70 Correction The previous fiscal cycle's order is duplicated into the new fiscal cycle using the same order ID. The pattern orderline 1 is duplicated into the new order. A NEW orderline is duplicated from the pattern orderline 1 on the duplicated order. This orderline is either marked as received or as invoiced, depending on the wizard used. Receive Order Wizard s Orderline Information Now Displays Vendor Extended Price The Receive Order wizard windows have been enhanced to display the vendor s extended price in the orderline information. In the Receive Order interface, when a user selects any of the orderline nodes in the Receive Order tree, the order information pane dynamically displays orderline information, including quantity ordered, quantity received, distribution information, and now vendor extended price. In the Receive Orderlines interface, the Receiving tab displays orderline receipt information, including order information, vendor ID, quantity expected, quantity received, unreceived distributions information, and now vendor extended price. Current Title Is Now Set When Receiving Orders In the WorkFlows C client, the Current title is set when an order is received. Previously, the WorkFlows Java client Receive Orders wizard did not set the received title as Current. Now, it does. This facilitates the retrieval of the correct title record when the user moves directly from the Receive Orders wizard to the Add Ordered Items to Catalog wizard. In the Receive Orders wizard, the Current title is set as follows. Using the Receive Orderline interface, the title becomes Current when the Receive Copies window displays this is the window that prompts for copies to receive. Using the Receive Order interface, a title becomes Current when the user selects an orderline node in the Receive Order tree. The user can select the node using the mouse or keyboard shortcuts. Vendor ID Glossary Not Working in Receive Orders Wizard Previously, the vendor ID glossary did not work in the order interface of a multiline order in the Receive Orders wizard. This has been corrected. Receive Orders Wizard Incorrectly Setting Date Loaded In the Receive Orders wizard, if only one distribution was received for a partial distribution, the wizard set the date loaded for the other, unreceived distribution (if Automatically Set Date Loaded for Items Received was selected in wizard properties). This has been corrected. 70 Acquisitions

71 Unable to Pay Bills after Using Receiving Orders Wizard After identifying a user with bills or billing a user in the circulation wizards, if the library staff member switched to the acquisitions toolbar and received an order using the Receive Orders wizard, then, switched back to the circulation toolbar and clicked the Pay Bills wizard, the input fields in the Pay Bills wizard window were missing. This has been corrected. Sessions Setting Wizard Enhancements Easier Input for Invoice Amount Warning In the Acquisitions Session Settings wizard, the Warn When the Difference Between Invoice Amount and Order Extended Amount Exceeds % or $ setting did not work correctly unless the user typed a currency symbol for the currency amount. Now, input for this session setting field is more flexible. Users can type the whole currency amount, the currency amount with a decimal, or the currency amount with a currency symbol. Example: The user can now type 5, 5.00, or $5.00 for five dollars in the Acquisitions Session Settings wizard. Acquisitions 71

72 72 Acquisitions

73 Authority Control General Enhancements Added Ability to Search Mixed-case Authority Headings The Search programs have been enhanced to allow searching of mixed-case authority headings. New heading display databases have been created for each heading database to support displaying mixed-case headings. Additionally, a new Rebuild Heading Display Database report has been added to build these special heading display databases. Notes: The mixed-case headings enhancement is for display only, and does not affect any Unicorn functionality sites are accustomed to. The mixed-case headings are created from the heading display databases for display only. The authority index and authority databases still function as the control for authority processing as they always have. For information about the new Rebuild Heading Display Database report, refer to the release note in the Text Group Reports section. Example: Indian authors--history and criticism. American fiction. Indian authors--history and criticism. American literature. Indian captivities. Indian courts. Indian land transfers. Indian land transfers--alaska. Authority Browse Hitlist Entries No Longer Truncated Previously, when browsing authority headings in the WorkFlows Java client authority wizards, if an authority heading (1XX$a) was very long, the wizards would truncate the authority in the center. Now, changes have been made to the browse authority commands, and long authority headings entries are no longer truncated unless necessary when screens are resized by the user. If a heading is truncated, balloon help will display the entire heading. New Authority Thesaurus Database A new authority thesaurus database has been implemented, replacing the previous BRS authority thesaurus. This thesaurus uses database files or tables, and supports the de-blinding functionality implemented in Version GL3.0. Because of the new design of authority thesaurus, the Correct Authority Thesauri Authority Control 73

74 Corrections (Correcthesauri), Reorganize Thesauri Dictionary (Reorgthesauri), and Authority XRef Generation (Xrefgenerate) reports no longer need to be run and are now obsolete. Number of Authority Thesauri Increased Unicorn for Oracle Systems Only For efficiency, on Unicorn for Oracle systems, the number of thesauri a site can create has been increased from 9 to 20. Authority Browsing Repositioning Corrected Previously, when a user browsed forward in authority headings, then browsed backward, the list did not end up at the same reference. This has been corrected. Authority Browsing Near Beginning of Alphabet Corrected When a user browsed an authority heading near the beginning of the alphabet, and browsed backward, sometimes headings that occurred alphabetically after the browse term displayed. Bibliographic Headings Ending in Dashes Could Not Be Validated on Single Library Systems After upgrading to Unicorn Version , if a bibliographic 100, 600, or 700 name field terminated with a hyphen, the field was flagged as UNAUTHO- RIZED, even though the data precisely matched the 100 field in the corresponding authority record. The program that checks authority headings did not select headings with dashes on single library systems. Also, the program did not remove the terminal dashes before validating the headings. These issues have been corrected. Authority Headings Not Authorizing Correctly on Unicorn Unicode Systems On Unicorn Unicode systems, some bibliographic headings which should have been authorized were being marked UNAUTHORIZED for no apparent reason. This has been corrected. 74 Authority Control

75 Add Authority Wizard Enhancements Corrections New Add Another Authority Next Step for Add Authority Wizard The Add Authority wizard now includes the Add Another Authority next step button, which allows users to create new additional authority records without leaving the wizard work flow. After the user saves the current authority record, the Add Another Authority next step button becomes available. When the user clicks Add Another Authority, a new authority template opens. Record Editor Problems when Adding a New Authority In the Add Authority wizard, the following problems occurred when using the Record Editor. The user was unable to use the TAB key in fixed fields. After highlighting the **REQUIRED FIELD** text, the user could not delete the text or move the insertion point. This occurred only in the WorkFlows Java client Classic view, and only when the Add Authority wizard properties were not displayed on wizard startup. This has been corrected. Delete Authority Wizard Enhancements New Extended Information Property for Delete Authority Wizard The Delete Authority wizard properties contains a new default property, Extended Info. When the Extended Info property is selected, extended information for the authority record will display. Authority Control 75

76 76 Authority Control

77 Cataloging General Enhancements Optional Unicode Support for Sites Running Oracle Unicode is a universal encoding scheme adopted by the major hardware and software manufacturers which is designed to support the worldwide interchange, processing, and display of diverse languages. Unicorn GL3.1 provides optional Unicode support for sites running Oracle. Unicorn with Unicode allows library staff to perform the following actions. Import and export MARC records which contain multiple scripts Input and edit multiple scripts in a single MARC record using the WorkFlows Java client Index, search and display multi-script records in WorkFlows and e-library clients Implementation does require that the library s existing MARC data be converted. Additionally, participating in a Unicode Planning and Implementation workshop is required. Note: Users should contact SirsiDynix Client Sales consultant for pricing and scheduling information. Converting to Unicode During the conversion to Unicode, the following Unicorn data will be converted. All MARC records, including bibliographic, authority, and holding records All Unicorn text data, such as patron names, addresses, and extended information fields After the library s system is converted to Unicode, users will be able to input and edit multiple scripts in a single record using the WorkFlows Java client. There are three methods for entering non-roman scripts. Using the WorkFlows Java client Symbol Table helper Using Microsoft international keyboards Using Microsoft-supported IME (Input method editor) Cataloging 77

78 The MARC load programs will be able to handle records that contain multiple scripts, Roman and non-roman. These programs will detect non-unicode data and convert the data to Unicode when loading records. The SmartPort wizard will be able to capture Unicode and non-unicode data and will also convert non- Unicode data when loading records. The WorkFlows Java client and the Unicorn e-library products (ibistro, ilink, and Web2) will be able to index, search, and display multi-script records. Export programs will support output in Unicode (UTF-8) and MARC-8. Implementing Unicode on the Unicorn Server To use this new Unicorn feature, administrators need to do the following. Upgrade the test server and production server to Unicorn Version GL3.1 Upgrade all staff workstations to the Version GL3.1 WorkFlows Java client Purchase Unicode Extension licenses for test and production servers Schedule the Unicode Planning and Implementation Workshop Schedule the MARC21 to Unicode migration For existing records with non-roman scripts, obtain the latest version of these records from a bibliographic utility After migrating the test and production servers to Unicode, rebuild Unicorn indexes Software Requirements Oracle version or , or later Unicorn Version GL3.1 server Unicorn Version GL3.1 WorkFlows Java client on all desktops Note: Non-WorkFlows Java clients will not connect to a Unicorn server with the Unicode Server Extension. Hardware Requirements Possible server upgrade since disk storage and memory will be approximately 50 percent higher than the requirements for running the current version of Unicorn on Oracle Latest version of the hardware platform operating system Note: Contact a SirsiDynix Client Sales consultant for more information. Unicorn Now Supports the New 13-digit ISBN Format The International Standard Book Number (ISBN) is a unique identifier assigned to every published book. It provides a standard way for publishers, jobbers, book stores, and libraries to identify books. In order to expand the numbering capacity of the ISBN system and prevent numbering shortages, the International Standards Organization (ISO) is changing the length of the ISBN from 10 to 13 digits, effective January 1, Cataloging

79 In anticipation of the January 2007 deadline, Unicorn GL3.1 provides enhancements that includes the following features. Saving ISBN-derived title control numbers in the 13-digit form Indexing the ISBN in both the 10 and 13 digit forms Validating the 13-digit ISBN when bibliographic, acquisitions order, acquisitions selection, and serial control records are created or edited Sending the 13-digit form in X12 purchase orders Unicorn can handle the new 13-digit ISBN in terms of indexing, searching, matching, and using it to create the title control number, including the following. Indexing multiple 020 a tags Matching on single and multiple 020 a tags Mismatching of 10 versus 13 digits will not occur; for example, will not match Starting in Version GL3.1, all ISBN-derived title control numbers are saved as 13 digits. If the ISBN is 10 digits, it will be recalculated to the 13-digit form. A conversion program will be provided during the upgrade to change all existing ISBN-derived title control numbers to 13 digits. The ISBN will be indexed in both the 10-digit and the equivalent 13-digit form. Rebuilding of the index will be necessary during the Version GL3.1 upgrade. Since the ISBN will be indexed in both the 10- and 13-digit forms, any search can be performed, and will find a match on either form of the number. ISBN Validation and the 13-digit ISBN In Version GL3.1, the Unicorn ISXN validation routines include validating 13- digit ISBNs. For earlier versions, rather than turning ISXN validation off, it will be best to acknowledge the validation warning message, then click OK to continue, since there are currently so few 13-digit numbers. Unicorn EDI and the 13-digit ISBN Unicorn orderlines may contain either the 10-digit ISBN or 13-digit ISBN. When generating X12 purchase orders, Unicorn will handle orderline ISBNs in the following manner. If the orderline contains a 10-digit ISBN, Unicorn will send the 10-digit ISBN first, using the IB qualifier. Unicorn will also calculate the 13-digit ISBN, and send it using the EN qualifier. If the orderline contains a 13-digit ISBN, Unicorn will only send the 13-digit ISBN using the EN qualifier. Cataloging 79

80 Note: For more information, refer to FAQs: Unicorn and the 13-digit ISBN in the Version GL3.1 WorkFlows client online Help. Cataloging Wizards Now Support UNIMARC Formats With Version GL3.1, users can now create UNIMARC-formatted bibliographic records. If the Display UNIMARC Formats Global Configuration policy is set to display UNIMARC formats, cataloging wizard drop-down lists that display catalog formats will also display the UNIMARC formats, and cataloging templates will present the UNIMARC format fields. Additionally, users can create and modify UNIMARC formats on their systems using the Catalog Format policy wizard. SirsiDynix delivers a UNIMARC format for monographs and a SUNIMARC format for serials. There are several limitations when using the UNIMARC formats in Unicorn. UNIMARC authority formats are not supported at this time. It is possible to add a holdings record to a UNIMARC-formatted record, but the holdings will be in MARC 21 format. When cataloging a record, if a record is saved in a UNIMARC format, it is not possible to change it to a MARC 21 format. Conversely, once a record is saved in a MARC 21 format, it cannot be changed to a UNIMARC format. Notes: For more information about the UNIMARC Cataloging Format policies and the Display UNIMARC Formats Global Configuration policy, refer to the System Configuration section of this document. For more information about the UNIMARC format, go to the IFLANET Concise UNIMARC Classification Format Web page, VI/3/ p1996-1/concise.htm. Advanced Search Helper Added to Item Search Windows A new helper has been added to the Item Search windows in cataloging wizards. The Advanced Search helper allows users to perform cataloging keyword searches by multiple criteria using Boolean operators, such as General and Title or Author and Series. This helper is similar to the binocular search used in the WorkFlows C client. Cataloging wizard item searches can be configured to start with a single field search or advanced search. The advanced search criteria are configured in the Advanced Search helper properties, only available through the Item Search and Display wizard Helper property page. On this page, click the Configure button to modify the Advanced Search helper properties. In the helper properties, any number of search combinations can be configured using the eight available search index fields and Boolean operators. The indexes that appear in the drop-down lists for these search index fields are defined in the Catalog Search Fields Global Configuration policy. Additionally, the searches can be limited by library, or all libraries can be searched. 80 Cataloging

81 Note: The Advanced Search helper is only available in cataloging wizards at this time. To use this helper, do the following. 1) In the Item Search and Display wizard properties, on the Helpers tab, select the Advanced Search check box and click the Configure button. 2) On the Defaults tab, click a Presentation Type, either Single Field Search, which is the default search presentation, or Advanced Search. 3) If you click Advanced Search, make the following selections under Advanced Search Preferences. Index Select search indexes from the drop-down lists. The search indexes that appear are defined in the Catalog Search Fields Global Configuration policy. Up to eight indexes can be configured for searching. If an index field is left blank, the field will not appear in the Item Search window. For example, if Title, Author, and Per Title are selected, only these three search fields will appear in the advanced search pane in the Item Search window. By default, General and Title are selected. Operator Select Boolean operators from the drop-down lists to create the various search combinations. Select either AND, NOT, OR, or XOR. 4) Click OK to finish configuring the helper. 5) Open any cataloging wizard, and the search fields you configured will appear in the Item Search window. The Advanced Search helper icon will also appear in the Item Search window. Click this icon to toggle between single field versus advanced search display. Whichever presentation type is selected by default in the helper properties will display when a cataloging wizard is open. 6) Perform an item search using any of the search field combinations, and click Search. 7) To clear the search fields and perform a new search, click Reset. Note: For more information about configuring and using this helper, refer to the Advanced Search Helper topic in the WorkFlows Java client online help. Unicorn Can Handle New OCLC Control Number Format OCLC has announced that it will expand the OCLC control number format to accommodate the growth of the WorldCat database. This new format will contain a new three character prefix, ocn, and will be nine digits in length with no trailing space (e.g., ocn ). This change will occur November 1, Now, when Unicorn generates a title control number from an OCLC number, it can handle both forms of the number, the new 9-digit format with the ocn prefix as well as the current 8-digit format with the ocm prefix. Cataloging 81

82 Enhancements to Validate Headings Helper To improve the validate bibliographic headings work flow, the following enhancements have been made to the Validate Headings helper. The Heading to be authorized appears in the Heading dialog box and an Unauthorized heading message displays The Next button becomes unavailable and only becomes available when a heading has been retrieved from the hit list with the Get From List button. When the Next button is available, the message changes to Heading selected. If text in the Heading dialog box is ever edited, the Next button becomes unavailable and the message changes back to Unauthorized heading. MARC Record Editor Validation Enhanced For Version GL3.1, the MARC Record Editor Validation feature has been enhanced. The Record Editor Validation Global Configuration policy turns off/on record validation while editing MARC records. By default, this policy is turned off. If the Record Editor Validation global policy is turned off, the following occurs. No error warnings display when creating or editing MARC records. Users can save MARC records without correcting invalid values. If the Record Editor Validation global policy is turned on, the following occurs. Error warnings display when creating or editing MARC records. Users must correct the reported problems before saving the records. WorkFlows offers MARC Editor Help so that the problem can be immediately corrected. Note: Record validation errors are not reported unless the tag/code/indicator/ subfield is actively edited by the user. The user will not be prompted to correct existing codes unless she tries to edit them. Record Editor Now Displays Help Text for Coded MARC Fields and Field Position and Position Values The cataloging record editor has been enhanced to display descriptions of the coded MARC fields (fixed fields), positions, and position values. Unicorn administrators can modify the descriptive text for the coded fields, positions, and position values using the new MARC Editor Help wizard. Refer to the release note in the System Configuration section for more information about this new wizard. 82 Cataloging

83 Operations Results Dialog Box in Bound-with and Transfer Title, Call Numbers, or Items Wizards Improved The Operations Results dialog box that opens after binding titles together in the Bound-with wizard or transferring items in the Transfer Title, Call Numbers, or Items wizard, now displays balloon help for all fields when the data is truncated. The balloon help displays the entire text of each field. Also, these wizards now remember the size of the Operations Results dialog box when the user resizes it. Browse Hit Lists Highlight Second Item in List For all browse hit lists in cataloging wizards, the second item in the list will display the browse term and will be highlighted. The first item in the list will be the entry that appears just before the browse term. Last Item May Be Transferred Without Removing Call Number Previously, because the last item of a call number could not be removed without removing the call number, items could not be transferred or moved to a different library if the login user s library (station library) had item maintenance access but not call number maintenance access to the item library (owning library). Now, how Unicorn handles item-level transfers has been improved. If the proper overrides are in place, when a WorkFlows wizard initiates a transfer of the last item of a call number, and the login user s library does not have call number maintenance access, the item will be transferred, and the original call number will be left in place. Unicorn will check to see if the transferred item ID is unique, and if not, will append a character string to make the ID unique. Note: If the user s login library has call number maintenance access to the item library, removing the last item of a call number will remove that call number, as it always did before. If the proper overrides are not present, the transfer will be blocked as before. Default Properties Tab Displays on Top at Wizard Startup The WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards have been enhanced to display the Default Properties tab on top at wizard startup. Previously, when a user started a cataloging wizard, the Behavior tab displayed on top. Default Library is now Used for New MARC Holdings Record In the WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards, when adding a new MARC holding record, the default library on the MARC Holdings tab is now set to the library selected on the Call Number/Item tab. Cataloging 83

84 Validate Headings Helper Messages Added In the WorkFlows Java client, when using the Validate Headings helper to propose a new authority record, the helper would not display a message if an authority heading already existed. This functionality was available in the WorkFlows C client. Now, the Validate Headings helper, will display the following message when a user tries to propose a new authority record for an existing authorized heading. Authority already exists: [authority heading] Two New Properties for Display Bibliographic Description Helper New properties have been added to the Display Bibliographic Description helper for controlling the display of entry descriptive labels and/or entry tag numbers. The following properties have been added. Display Descriptive Labels (for entries) Displays the MARC entry descriptions. Display Numeric Tags (for entries) Displays the MARC tag numbers. The format of File/Print Preview is available in cataloging wizards is controlled by the Display Bibliographic Description Helper properties. To print descriptive labels, select the Display Descriptive Labels check box. To print numeric tags, select the Display Numeric Tags check box. To print both, select both check boxes. Cataloging Wizards Have New Behavior Property for Deleting Items with Charge Histories The Delete Title, Call Numbers, or Items wizard and the Call Number and Item Maintenance wizard have a new Behavior property, Delete Items with a Charge History. If this property is selected, when a user is about to delete an item that has history charges, the wizard will display the following warning dialog box. This action will remove the item's charge history records. Would you like to remove the item(s) and the charge history records? Item Id: XXXX If the user clicks Yes, both the item and charge history record will be deleted. If the Delete Items with a Charge History property is not selected, when a user attempts to remove an item with history charges, the following warning dialog box displays. The following item(s) could not be removed: Item Id: XXXX Reason: Item has a charge history record Additionally, if a user attempts to remove items with charge histories in other cataloging wizards, the preceding warning dialog box displays. Note: This new behavior property will only display if the system is configured to use the Charge History feature, and there is at least one Circulation Rule policy that has the Save Charge History attribute selected. 84 Cataloging

85 Ability to Search Empty Search Strings Added In the WorkFlows C client, users were able to perform Keyword and Browse searches on empty search strings. This ability has now been added to the WorkFlows Java client. By setting options in the Configure Options for Item Search helper, it is possible to search an empty search string. To search an empty search string, select a qualifier in the search helper, such as French from the Language list. In the Item Search window, select the General index from the drop-down list, leave the Search For text box blank, and click Search. A list of items for the selected search criteria appear, in this case, all French language items. Only the General index is supported for this type of search. If the user selects any other search index (such as Title or Author), and leaves the Search For box blank, the Search button will be unavailable. Note: An empty string search is not supported for an Exact search in either client. Show/Hide Circulation Information Helper Now Available When the Call Number/Item Tab Displays Previously, when the call number/item tree was displayed in cataloging wizards, the circulation information also displayed for that call number/item. Some users wanted to have the option of hiding the circulation information. Now, the Show/Hide Circulation Information helper has been added to cataloging wizards so that users can toggle between displaying or hiding the call number/item circulation information. The Show/Hide Circulation Information helper is only available when the Call Number/Item tab is selected. Item Search and Display Helper Can Now Search by Library Groups The Item Search and Display helper available in circulation, cataloging, and other module wizards now has an option for searching by library groups. This option is set in the helper s behavior properties, and is the same as the Search by Library Groups option found in the Item Search and Display wizard. To select the Search by Library Groups option for the Item Search and Display helper, in a circulation wizard s properties (or other module wizard s properties), click the Helpers tab. Click the Item Search and Display helper button, and the helper s Set Properties window will open. The Behavior tab displays the Search Library List Type property which allows the user to control which libraries are accessible in the Search Library list when searching items. The following selections are available. Search by Library If Search by Library is selected, the Search Library List property becomes active, and the list for the search library is built from the list selected in this property. Search by Library is the default. Search by Search Library Group If Search by Search Library Group is selected, no individual libraries will be included in the list (since it will contain only search library groups). The list will be built from values in the Search Library policies. Cataloging 85

86 Search by Library or Search Library Group If Search by Library or Search Library Group is selected, all libraries and search library groups will be included in the list. The libraries and library groups will be interfiled alphabetically. If the Search by Library behavior property is selected, then select one of the following Search Library Lists. All Acquisition Display Libs Bill Display Libs Circulation Display Libs (which is the default) User Display Libs Note: If the user s search does not produce any hits, the user will be sent to a browse window, and the browse search results will no longer be filtered by the library search selection. Shadowing a Bound-with Parent Record Now Updates Child Records Shadow Statuses For bound-with items, when shadowing or unshadowing a parent record, the child records shadow statuses are now updated accordingly. Cataloging Wizards Now Log Title and Item Information when Removing Items Because Unicorn completely removes titles, call numbers, and items when they are deleted, library staff using the WorkFlows Java client were unable to collect statistics on items that had been removed. The WorkFlows C client logged the item and title information for removed items, but the WorkFlows Java client did not. Now, item information has been added to the remove item transactions used by the WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards so that statistical analysis can be performed on the history logs which retain records of these transactions. Titlelevel information (such as title control number) was also added so that library staff can use the history logs to extract title deletions to submit to the union catalogs in which the library participates. Icons for Item Notes Now Appear in Call Number/Item Tab s Title Tree Most WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards will now display a yellow post it icon next to items that have public or staff notes in the Call Number/Item tab s title tree display. The item note text displays under Extended Information in the Editor pane. This icon display in the title tree is particularly useful when a title has many items, making it easier to identify those items with attached notes. 86 Cataloging

87 To display the icons, users must select the Display Public Note On Item List and/or Display Staff Note On Item List options in wizard default properties. Note: The Add Title, Bound-with, and Transfer Title, Call Numbers, or Items wizards will be updated with this feature in a future Unicorn version. Corrections New System Message When Adding an Item In cataloging wizards that allow adding items, if the title was selected in the call number/item tree on the Call Number/Item tab, and the user clicked Add Item, the wizard would always add the item to the first call number, which was not necessarily the correct call number. Now, the following message displays if the user has not selected a call number in the call number/item tree and clicks Add Item. To add an item, highlight a call number and then click on the Add Item button This change affects the following wizards. Add Title Duplicate Title Add Items Call Number and Item Maintenance Editing Fixed Fields in MARC View Non-expanded Mode Caused Problems with Character Positions Previously in the WorkFlows Java client, users were able to edit the Fixed Fields of a bibliographic record in the MARC View non-expanded mode, which permitted overstriking or inserting characters. But, if characters were typed in insert mode or deleted in overstrike mode, this could cause the fixed fields to shift out of position. Now, the cataloging wizards have been corrected. Fixed fields can only be modified in the MARC View expanded mode, which provides drop-down lists of valid field values, and prevents characters from being repositioned. Editing is disabled if the fixed field is not expanded. Form of Material List for 006 Now Translated to Current Desktop Language When a user adds a 006 fixed field to a title, the catalog wizard (Add Title, Modify Title, or Duplicate Title) displays a Form of Material list to assist the user in selecting the appropriate material type code and additional material type characteristics. Previously, this list was hardcoded in English. Now, the Form of Material list is translated to the current language set in Desktop settings. Cataloging 87

88 Authority Cross-references Not Numbered Correctly in Item Search View Pane Previously, if an authority record had more than eight cross-references, the numbering would stop at 8 when listing the cross-references in the Item Search window View pane. Now, all cross-references are correctly numbered. Changes to Home Location Not Updating Current Location and Call Number/Item Tree Display Previously, when a user changed the home location for an item, the client did not update the item s current location or the call number/item tree display on the Call Number/Item tab. The client now checks the home location and current location values to see if either value has been changed, and if so, updates the call number/item tree, as well as the home or current location value. Unable to View All Shortcut Menu Values when Editing Fixed Fields In the MARC editor descriptive view, when editing fixed fields, users were not able to view all values in the shortcut menus that open with a right click. If a menu list was very long, there was no scroll bar available for scrolling through the list. This has been corrected. A scroll bar now displays for long shortcut menu lists in the MARC editor. Users Had to Press Enter with Each Barcode Scan Previously in the WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards, users had to press Enter every time a barcode was scanned. It was determined that, although the user should not have to press Enter each time a barcode is scanned, the cataloging wizards should not automatically save the current record after a barcode scan, as other fields in the record may require editing. The user should be required to consciously save the record. Now, as barcodes are scanned, the cataloging wizard will move the insertion point to the next field that requires attention. When edits are complete, the user then saves the record. Not All Item Extended Information Was Saved In the WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards, when a user added PUBLIC notes to the item extended information, not all information was saved. Example: If a user added eight notes, only six might be saved. This has been corrected. After Editing an Item s Copy Number Item Extended Information VED System Messages Appeared In some instances, item extended information VED system messages appeared when users tried to display certain item records. This occurred if a user had edited the copy number of an item that was charged. Unicorn would allow the copy number edit, but, in the process of transferring the item links, a phantom 88 Cataloging

89 copy of the item was created. This copy was a duplicate of the original item (except that it had an auto-generated item ID) and shared the same extended information or VED data as the original item. When users attempted to view the item, either the phantom or the original, Unicorn would display VED system messages. If a cataloger removed the phantom copy, the original item would still display the VED system messages. This has been corrected. When Unicorn edits the copy number of a charged item, the item links are correctly transferred, and any temporary copy created to facilitate the transfer is successfully removed. MARC Holdings Check Box Unavailable in Configure Options for Item Search Helper Previously, if the user set the Record View to Brief in the Configure Options for Item Search helper, the MARC holdings check box was unavailable. Additionally, in the cataloging wizard View pane, the MARC Holdings tab would display on top, instead of the Bibliographic tab. Now, the MARC Holdings check box is available in the Configure Options for Item Search helper, regardless of the record view setting. And, when viewing a title with MARC holdings, the Bibliographic tab displays on top and the MARC Holdings tab follows. Cataloging Wizards Title Platform Button Holds Display Corrected When a user searches a title in the Item Search and Display wizard and clicks the All Volumes tab, each copy on this tab displays a Holds button. If the user clicks a button for a particular copy, the dialog box displays the holds which the copy would fill. If the user clicks the Title platform button at the top of the Display Item window, the Display Items: Display Vols/Copies dialog box displays the same information that displays on the All Volumes tab, but instead of a Holds button next to each copy, there is a hold count. However, this count may differ from the number of holds displayed when she clicked the corresponding button on the All Volumes tab. It appeared that the counts in Title platform display treated title-level holds like system-level holds. In version GL3.0, an enhancement was made to the holds display to work correctly with Demand Management. This enhancement was not applied to the Title platform button dialog box in cataloging wizards. This has been corrected. Display Bibliographic Description Helper Not Displaying Records Properly on Single Library Systems On single library systems, in the WorkFlows Java client, the Display Bibliographic Description helper was not displaying call numbers and their items properly. All items would display under the first call number rather than the call numbers to which they were really attached. This has been corrected. Title Control Number Truncated to 12 Characters If a user created a bibliographic record containing a 13-digit ISBN, then typed the same ISBN preceded by an i in the Title Control # field (which is valid for Cataloging 89

90 creating a title control number), when he displayed the record, the title control number was truncated to 12 characters. Even though the field size was 14, depending on what characters or font sizes were used, sometimes all 14 characters would not appear. Now, the display of the Title Control # field has been expanded to accommodate different characters and font sizes so that all 14 characters will appear. Not All Searchable Fields Were Dynamically Indexed Previously, if a user modified a searchable field in an item record, such as the Home Location, Item Type, Item Category 1, or Item Category 2, the dynamic index was not updated. The modified record was not found by these indexes until after the Add, Delete, Update Databases report was run. This has been corrected. All searchable fields are now dynamically indexed as item records are updated. Floating Collection Items Linked to Open Orders Were Blocked Previously, if a floating item was linked to an open order, it could not float to the new library. Unicorn blocked the transaction if the item was the last copy of a call number with open orders. Unicorn typically removes the original call number when the last copy is transferred to a new library, but it will not remove a call number with an open order. Now, if the last item of a call number with open orders is a floating item and is floated or transferred to another library, the transfer is not blocked, however the original call number will not be removed and will remain in the system with no items attached. If the call number with no items is no longer unique, a unique string will be appended to the call number. Transferring Call Numbers with Title-level Holds Improved The internal processing for transferring call numbers with title-level holds has been improved. Now, after Unicorn transfers a call number record with title holds, the copy number of the hold is updated to ensure that it matches an existing copy number of the call number the hold is moved to on the original title. Also, the call number transfer will now be blocked if there are no other items linked to the original title. Changing Fonts Would Freeze Cataloging Wizard Toolbar When using the Themes view of the WorkFlows Java client, if a user changed the window font settings from the Preferences/Desktop menu, the cataloging toolbar would freeze. This did not occur in the Classic view of the client. This has been corrected. Changing WorkFlows Theme Would Not Take Effect Right Away When working in the WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards, if a user changed the WorkFlows Theme, the color changes would not take effect right away. The background color in the wizard windows would stay the same, but the 90 Cataloging

91 wizard tabs would change to the new theme color, or the background color would change, but the window title bar would remain the same. This has been corrected. Long Text Entries Would Not Wordwrap in Non-MARC Formats In the WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards, some long text entries would not wordwrap. At the end of the visible text, ellipses would represent the continuation of the text string. This occurred only when the format of the record was non-marc. Now, multi-line fields are used for displaying long entries in non- MARC formats. Modified Title Not Carried Over to 670 Tag when Proposing Authority Previously, if a user modified a Title field, but the changes were not saved, the title was not carried over to the 670 tag when proposing an authority record with the Validate Headings helper. Bibliographic changes were not being saved before the Validate Headings helper started. This has been corrected. Validated Headings Not Updated in Record Editor Window After using the Validated Headings helper to validate an entry, the entry was not updated in the Record Editor window. If the user saved the record, the entry would then be updated. Also, if the user pressed the Escape key, taking the Record Editor out of edit mode, the entry would update to the correct value. The Record Editor was not updating entries when in edit mode. This has been corrected. Adding or Modifying 00X Fields Could Corrupt Title Record If a user added or edited a 00X field of a MARC record, the title record could be corrupted. Duplicate fixed fields (000 or 008) would display in the Record Editor s Display Fixed Fields view. The Record Editor was permitting users to add or edit entries that were not supposed to be created/modified according to the format policies. This has been corrected. The Record Editor now displays a message when the user attempts to add or edit a blocked entry. Cataloging Wizards Ignored Allow Edit/Create Setting for MARC Holdings Format Tag Previously in the WorkFlows Java client, users were able to remove a tag from the MARC Holdings format, even though the Allow Edit/Create attribute in the Format policy was not selected, indicating that the tag could not be created, edited, or removed. Specifically, a user was able to remove the 001 tag of the BIBHOLD format, which caused the client to display the following system message when working with MARC holdings records. Missing unique key for holdings record Cataloging 91

92 This has been corrected. Now, the WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards honor the Allow Edit/Create attribute setting in the MARC Holdings Format policy. Item Search Helper Shadow Option Not Filtering Call Number/Item Tab Displays If a user selected a Shadow option in Configure Options for Item Search, the shadow filtering was only applied to the search hit list. The shadow filtering should also be applied to the Call Number/Item tab s View pane and Editor pane. This has been corrected. Call Number/Item Tab s Item Tree Display Corrected Previously, the item tree in the Call Number/Item tab s View pane displayed author/title. Displaying the title first is preferable. Now the item tree displays title/author. Title Modification Fields No Longer Display on Control Tab Previously in the WorkFlows Java client, title modification fields displayed incorrect values on the Control tab of the Add Title and Duplicate Title wizards. Because these fields should not be modified by the user when creating titles, they have been removed from the tab. These fields still appear in other cataloging wizards. The following title modification fields have been removed from the Control tab in the Add Title and Duplicate Title wizards. Modified By Date Modified Previously Modified By Item and MARC Holdings Maintenance Issues on Single Library Systems Previously on single library systems, users could not modify item-level information, nor could they modify or remove MARC holdings information. The cataloging wizards were performing item maintenance and MARC holdings maintenance checks, which should not occur on single library systems. These checks blocked the users access to the item and MARC holdings records. This has been corrected. 92 Cataloging

93 Unable to Invoke Right-click Shortcut Menus On platforms other than Microsoft Windows, users were unable to invoke shortcut menus with a right-click in the cataloging wizards. The following platforms were affected. Sun Workstation (Sun Solaris) Apple Macintosh (OS X) This has been corrected. Configure Options for Item Search Helper Search Options Modified In the WorkFlows Java client, search, browse, and display options set in the Configure Options for Item Search helper were not consistently applied. The search hitlist was not limited by item categories, item type, or location for selected browse and exact searches. Previously in the Configure Options for Item Search helper, there were two separate sets of properties for the item categories/item type/location selections, and it was not clear which selections were applied when a search changed from browse to keyword or from keyword to browse. Now, the item category 1, item category 2, item type, and location selections display only on the Search tab in the Configure Options for Item Search helper; they no longer display on the Call Number Browse tab. To simplify work flow, the Shadow option now displays only on the Search tab. The Shadow selection made on the Search tab will be applied to all applicable searches and will affect Viewer and Call Number/Item tab displays. Note: For more information on the Configure Options for Item Search helper, refer to the WorkFlows Java client online help. Print Preview and Print Label Helpers Printed Label Margins When using the Print Preview or Print Label helpers in the WorkFlows Java client cataloging wizards, the helpers were printing the label margin lines/boxes. The helpers should only print the data elements defined in the Label Designer wizard. This has been corrected. Corrected Display of 856 Hyperlink in Cataloging Wizards Previously, in the WorkFlows C client cataloging wizards, the 856 subfield u text (hyperlink) displayed to the far right of the wizard window and was hard to read. The window area was too small to properly display the hyperlink text. Now, cataloging wizard windows have been modified to correctly display hyperlink text. Cataloging 93

94 MARC Holdings 007 Field Labels Not Displaying Properly In the WorkFlows Java client, the 007 field labels in MARC Holdings records were not displaying correctly. They displayed the localized text strings rather than the translated labels. This has been corrected. Search Method Highlighted When Returning to the Item Search from Certain Cataloging Wizards In certain Cataloging wizards, the Search For field and its search method was not highlighted when the user returned to the Item Search window from the wizard. The user would have to move the mouse cursor to the Search For field and highlight a search method before starting another search. The following Cataloging wizards have been corrected to place the cursor in the Search For field and highlight the search method automatically when the user selects Return to Search in the wizard. Add Item Call Number and Item Maintenance Duplicate Title Edit Item Modify Title Adding a Call Number Created a New Call Number with No Items Attached In some instances, the Add Call number step in cataloging wizards was allowing a new call number to be created that was not unique and had no items attached. If a user selected the call number with no items and modified the call number, the wizard would modify the first call number with an item in that group instead. It appeared that the call number with no items was modified, when in fact, it was not. This has been corrected. Cataloging Wizards Unable to Display Lists with More than 500 Records Previously in cataloging wizards, search hit lists were unable to display more than 500 holds, checkouts, and bills. This has been corrected. The cataloging wizards can now display lists of more than 500 records. This change affects lists of these record types: bills, bookings, checkouts, holds, MARC holdings, orders, and serial controls. MARC Record Editor Validation of Indicators Corrected If the Record Editor Validation feature was configured, when a user edited an indicator and a validation error displayed, the user was unable to expand the 94 Cataloging

95 field (click down arrow) to see the valid values for the indicator she was trying to edit. This has been corrected. Sorting of Base Call Numbers on Call Number/Item Tab Corrected In the WorkFlows Java client, on the Modify Title and Call Number and Item Maintenance wizards Call Number/Item tabs, current serial issues (those without call numbers) were sorting at the bottom of the Call number/item tree, and the base call number appeared first in the tree. In the WorkFlows C client, these issues display at the top of the list, and the base call number appears at the bottom of the list, which is correct. Now, the WorkFlows Java client s Call Number/ Item tab displays items (issues) without call numbers first in the Call Number/ Item tree. The base call number displays below these items. Inconsistent Insertion Point Focus When Modifying Titles When working with a list of titles in the search results table in cataloging wizards, if a user modified a title, then clicked the Search button, the title list was refreshed, causing the previously selected item to no longer be highlighted. Instead, the insertion point was focused on the first item in the search list. Now, after a user modifies a title and returns to the search list, the last modified title remains selected (highlighted). With this behavior, users can determine which title was the last modified title. Record Editor Control Panel and Shortcut Menus Not Displaying Properly on Arabic Language Systems Previously on Arabic language systems, the Record Editor s control panel and the shortcut menus for subfields and fixed fields were not displaying the listed values properly. As a result, incorrect values could be selected. This has been corrected. Added Toggle for Insert Mode to MARC Record Editor Users can now toggle between insert and overstrike mode when in the MARC Record Editor. Previously, in some fields, users could only use the insert or overstrike mode, depending on the context. Check Boxes and Radio Buttons Sometimes Changed Previously, check boxes and radio buttons could be inadvertently changed in the cataloging wizards. This has been corrected. Current Title Not Updated When Multiple Cataloging Wizards Are Open Previous, when multiple cataloging wizard windows were open, the Current title was being updated in each wizard. This has been corrected. Cataloging 95

96 Current Title Not Set When Switching from One Wizard to Another After a user deleted an item, the item appeared as the Current record when the user opened another cataloging wizard. Also, when a user changed an item or call number in one cataloging wizard, the new Current title parts no longer matched. For example, a title and call number/item displayed as the Current record, but they did not belong to each other. Cataloging Wizard Tabs Now Display in a Useful Order Previously, the tabs in the Item Search View pane were not displayed in a useful order. Now, these tabs display in the following order. Description Holdings Call Number/Item Holds Open Orders Information Bound-with Information Batch Copy Add Wizard Corrections All Call Numbers Tab Empty in Batch Copy Add Wizard On a UnicornEcole system, when a user attempted to add copies to a call number using the Add Copies in Batch wizard, the All Call Numbers tab was empty even though there were many call numbers/volumes for this title. This has been corrected. Bound With Wizard Corrections Bound-with Wizard Now Call Number and Item Maintenance Checks The Bound-with wizard now performs call number and item maintenance checks, which allow or prevent users from modifying call number or item information. The Unicorn administrator defines which library s users can edit call number or item information in the Call Number Maintenance Libraries and Item Maintenance Libraries attributes of the Library policy of the user logins. 96 Cataloging

97 Default Call Number Library Setting Not Saved Previously in the WorkFlows Java client, when a user selected a Call Number Library in the default properties of the Bound-with wizard, the property value was not being saved. This has been corrected. Call Number and Item Maintenance Wizard Corrections Call Number and Item Maintenance Wizard Not Retaining Home Location Field Edits When using the Call Number and Item Maintenance wizard, if a user edited an item s home location, and saved the item record, the edit appeared to be saved. However, when the user searched the item, selected it, and clicked Modify again, the item s home location reverted to its original value. When a system was configured to prevent editing the Current Location field, even though a user had item maintenance access to a record, the user was not able to edit the Home Location field. This has been corrected. Search For Text Box Not in Focus when Returning to Item Search Window In the Call Number and Item Maintenance wizard, when a user clicked Search to return to the Item Search window after modifying a call number/item, the insertion point did not default to the Search For text box, and the text box was not highlighted. When the Item Search window is displayed in other cataloging wizards, the insertion point is focused in the Search For text box, and this box is highlighted. This has been corrected. Delete Title, Call Numbers or Items Wizard Corrections Deleting a Title for a Single Library Corrected On a single library system, if a user selected the Delete Only Items for Search Library behavior in the Delete Title, Call Numbers or Items wizard properties, and then attempted to delete a title, the client would freeze. The wizard was attempting to apply the behavior property which is not appropriate for a single library system. This has been corrected. Now, the Delete Only Items for Search Library behavior property no longer displays for the Delete Title, Call Number or Items wizard on single library systems. Cataloging 97

98 Delete Title, Call Numbers or Items Wizard Not Displaying Titles on Single Library Systems On a single library system, the Delete, Title, Call Numbers or Items wizard in the WorkFlows Java client would not display the call number/item tree, so it was impossible to remove a title, call number, or item. And, in the WorkFlows C client, the Remove Title, Call Numbers or Copies wizard would not display the individual item check boxes. If the user selected the Remove All Copies option, the following message displayed. You may not maintain this library's item information The wizard included the item maintenance libraries check, which is not required on single library systems. This has been corrected. Items Deleted Even Though User Selected Not To Continue with Removal In the Delete Title, Call Numbers, or Items wizard, when a user was about to delete an item that would cause the removal of a call number, the wizard would prompt with the following message. Deleting the last item for a call number will also delete the call number. Are you sure you want to continue? Even though the user clicked No, the wizard removed the item and call number anyway. This has been corrected. Also, the preceding message could be misleading or confusing when different behavior property combinations were set for this wizard. Now, this message has been removed. The last item and call number will be removed without confirmation when the behavior properties are set to permit this action. Duplicate Title Wizard Enhancements Duplicate Title Wizard Now Carries Over Call Number from Source Record Previously, if the Auto-generate Temporary XX Call Numbers option was cleared in the Duplicate Title wizard properties, the call number of the duplicated title remained blank, and the user was prompted to type a new call number. Now, the Duplicate Title wizard has been enhanced to carry over the call number of the source record to the new, duplicated title. 98 Cataloging

99 Edit Copies Globally Wizard Corrections Edit Copies Globally Wizard Not Allowing Edit of Home Location In the WorkFlows C client, when using the Edit Copies Globally wizard to edit the home location of items, a user clicked the Edit Selected Copies helper to find copies to edit. In the Select to Edit window of the helper, if she clicked Modify Selected Copies, there were no check boxes next to the copies in the list. The user was unable to select the copies to be edited. This has been corrected. Edit Existing Volumes and Call Numbers Wizard Corrections Display Staff Note On Hit List Default Property Not Saved If a user selected the Display Staff Note on Hit List check box in the Default properties of the Edit Existing Volumes and Call Numbers wizard and clicked OK, the property would not be saved. When the user viewed the wizard properties again, the check box was cleared. This has been corrected. Global Item Modification Wizard Enhancements New Helpers Added to the Modify Selected Items Helper Search Window In the Global Item Modification wizard, when a user clicks the Modify Selected Items helper to search for items to globally modify, the Item Search window now displays the following helpers. Show/Hide Viewer Helper This helper shows or hides the Viewer Pane, which displays tabs that provide information about the selected title in the Item Search Window. Different tabs may display depending on the selected title, such as Description, Call Number/Item, Bound-with Information, and possibly other tabs, such as Order Information. Item circulation information may also display to the right of the item tree. Cataloging 99

100 Corrections Show/Hide Circulation and Extended Information Helper This helper shows or hides item circulation information and extended information about the selected title on the Call Number/Item tab. Item circulation information might include price, item type, home location, current location, and item categories, date created and date charged. Extended information might include item notes and comments. Search Hit List Retained in the Modify Selected Items Helper When the Modify Selected Items helper was used in the Global Item Modification wizard, the search hit list of items found by the helper was not retained when the user tried to return to the hit list from the wizard. The Modify Selected Items helper has been changed to retain the search hit list of items until the user starts a new item search. Global Item Modification Wizard Not Following Behavior Property Settings In the Global Item Modification wizard, even though a user cleared some behavior property settings, if the default properties contained values other than Will not be modified, the wizard would modify the field values anyway. Example: The Price check box was cleared in the wizard behavior properties, yet the Price default property was set to $ When the user modified an item, the price was changed to $15.00, even though the user didn t change the price value in the wizard. Label Designer Wizard Enhancements Corrections Label Designer Wizard No Longer Creates Default Labels In the Label Designer wizard, when a new template was created, two default labels with default label/page/label set values were created. Users requested that these default labels not be created. Now, when a user creates a new template, no default labels are created, and the label/page/label set values are cleared. Additionally, it is now valid to include spaces in the label template names. Label Designer Wizard Can Now Print MARC21 Control Fields Previously, it was not possible to print the OCLC tag (001) and the Date Created tag (005) on a spine label using the Label Designer wizard. The wizard was 100 Cataloging

101 designed to print only the variable text fields of the MARC21 records ( ). Now, the Label Designer prints all tags of the bibliographic record, including the MARC21 control fields ( ). Printing Custom Labels Requires Printers that Can Support Printing Graphics The Label Designer wizard in the WorkFlows Java client is used by technical services staff to create and print custom spine, book, and serial labels. It is important to remember that the printer used to print these custom labels must support printing graphics. Note: The Label Designer is only used in the WorkFlows Java client cataloging and serial wizards and the Print Custom Labels report. Modify Title Wizard Enhancements New Tab Display Preference Property for Modify Title Wizard A new default property was added to the Modify Title wizard. The Tab Display Preference property allows the user to control which tab appears first (on top) in the detailed display window. To set this property value, in the Modify Title wizard properties, click the Defaults tab, and under Tab Display Preference, click one of the following tab options. Control Bibliographic MARC Holdings Call Number/Item By default, the Bibliographic tab appears first. Add Empty Entries Default Property Added to Modify Title Wizard The WorkFlows Java client s Modify Title wizard now includes an Add Empty Entries default property. This functionality was previously available only in the WorkFlows C client. On the Defaults tab in the Modify Title wizard properties, select the Add Empty Entries check box to insert empty entries into the existing record based on the entry form selected in the Entries Template box. Use the drop-down list to select a template, either BRIEF, FULL, or TEMPLATE. Cataloging 101

102 Remove Title, Call Number, or Copies Wizard Corrections Unable to Remove Call Numbers with No Items After a site upgraded to Unicorn Version GL3.0, users could no longer remove call numbers with no items attached using the Remove Title, Call Numbers, or Copies wizard in the WorkFlows C client. In the Select to Remove window, no check box displayed next to the call number record, so the user was unable to select the call number for removal. This has been corrected. Unable to Remove Items on Single Library Systems On single library systems, the WorkFlows C client Remove Title, Call Numbers, or Copies wizard would not display check boxes for call numbers or copies in the Select Items to Remove window. In the WorkFlows Java client, the Delete Title, Call Numbers, or Items wizard would not display the call number/item tree. The wizard was presenting a read-only display of the title s call numbers and items, making it impossible to select these items for removal. This has been corrected. Unable to Remove Last Call Number and Title on Single Library System On single library systems, when using the Delete Title, Call Number, or Items wizard, although a user was able to remove all other call numbers and items of a title, the user was unable to remove the last call number, and so the title as well. This occurred in both the WorkFlows clients. The wizard was performing a call number maintenance check when removing the last call number, which is not necessary on a single library system. This has been corrected. SmartPort Wizard Enhancements Format Field Required for Record Capture Users are now required to select a default Format policy in the SmartPort wizard properties. This field is required when capturing a record, particularly records assigned a default MARC Family policy. If a user attempts to capture a record without first defining the default format, the following system message displays. Format: required field missing 102 Cataloging

103 Corrections This message displays before the record capture. The user will then need to select a format in properties before continuing. SmartPort Wizard Now Uses zimportjunktag File When importing and exporting records using the SmartPort wizard, if users selected to exclude tags from the import/export, the wizard previously used only the zjunktags file to determine the tags to exclude. Since users typically want to strip different tags when importing records from those when exporting records, a new file was created for this purpose. The new zimportjunktag file lists the tags to strip when importing records using SmartPort. This file appears in the /Unicorn/Custom/ directory on the server, and contains these tags by default: 933, 966, 998, and 999. The zjunktag file still lists tags to strip when exporting records using SmartPort. Unicorn administrators can create custom junktag lists for SmartPort import or export by customizing the zimportjunktag and zjunktag files, respectively. SmartPort Wizard Add/Remove Destinations Helper Closes Wizard When a user clicked the SmartPort wizard s Add/Remove Destinations helper, the helper would close the wizard, instead of returning to the list of destinations. The user had to restart the SmartPort wizard each time she added or removed a destination. This has been corrected. SmartPort Not Importing Fixed Fields In the WorkFlows Java client, during SmartPort capture, fixed fields in the bibliographic record were not being imported to the MARC editor. Only the default fixed field information was loaded. This has been corrected. System Message Displays when Using MARC Family Feature On systems configured to use the MARC Family feature, if a default MARC family format was not selected in the SmartPort wizard properties, when a user attempted to capture a record, the wizard would display the following message. #Jz required field missing If a default format was not selected in properties, the SmartPort wizard would default to the USMARC format, which is typically not defined as a MARC family format. And, it is not appropriate to assume this format, particularly on systems that use MARC21 or CNMARC. Now, SmartPort has been corrected to check the record format before importing the record when no default format is defined. Additionally, the wizard no longer assumes the USMARC format as the default. Cataloging 103

104 Unable to Import Chinese Characters in MARC21 Records On a standard Unicorn server, if SmartPort imported a MARC21 record with Chinese characters, the Chinese characters displayed properly, but were not imported correctly. SmartPort was converting the MARC21 record to Unicode when it should not. Now, SmartPort will convert non-unicode records to Unicode only if the server is a Unicode server. Not Able to Import Brief MARC Records Using SmartPort, some sites search external bibliographic databases for brief MARC records, then import the full MARC records for the titles that they want. Some external database systems charge for viewing and loading full MARC records, but allow viewing brief MARC records for free. Even though the users selected to import full MARC records, SmartPort was only importing the brief records. Now, if the user searches a brief record and requests to import the full record, SmartPort will send another search request to the server, retrieve the full record, and load it into the cataloging Record Editor. Transfer Title, Call Numbers, or Copies Wizard Corrections Transfer Title, Call Numbers or Items Wizard Could Display Wrong Title in Review Next Step When using the Transfer Title, Call Numbers or Items wizard in the WorkFlows Java client (or the Transfer Title, Call Number, or Copies wizard in the WorkFlows C client), if the transfer to title shared the same call number with another title, the second title would display in the Review next step, which confused users. The title, call numbers, or items were successfully transferred, but the display was incorrect. The Review next step was not specifying the item ID to display, only the call number, which could cause the wrong title to appear. This has been corrected. Now, the Review next step specifies the call number and item ID, and the correct title will display. Transferring a Call Number with Items Displayed Item Not Found Message In certain circumstances, when using the Transfer Title, Call Numbers or Items wizard, users were unable to transfer a call number with items to a new title. The wizard would display the following message, preventing the transfer operation from completing. Item not found 104 Cataloging

105 Example: A user did the following. 1) Title 1 has a call number 1 with multiple items attached. The user successfully transferred the first item of call number 1 to title 2. 2) The user then tried to transfer call number 1 and the remaining items to title 2. The wizard displayed the Item not found message and the call number/items could not be transferred. 3) Likewise, the user tried to transfer a call number/item from title 2 to title 1 s call number 1, and the wizard would not permit the transfer. Transfer Title, Call Numbers, or Items Wizard Displaying System Messages In the Transfer Title, Call Numbers, or Items wizard, if a user transferred an entire title or the last call number of a title, thus removing the title, and then attempted to re-display the search hitlist where this title was the only search result, the wizard would display the following message. Null pointer/item not found In another instance, if a user transferred a title s call number and item in a twostep process, transferring the item first, then attempting to transfer the call number second, the wizard would display the following message. Item not found In the first instance, the wizard was not properly handling titles that were removed in the transfer process. In the second instance, the call number record still contained a reference to the item that was transferred and no longer belonged to the call number. These issues have been corrected. Unable to Transfer a Call Number on a Single-library System Previously on a single-library system, if a user attempted to transfer an item to a new call number using the Transfer Titles, Call Numbers, or Items wizard in the WorkFlows Java client (or the Transfer Titles, Call Numbers, or Copies wizard in the WorkFlows C client), the wizard would display the following system message. You man not maintain this library s item information. The wizard was performing Item Maintenance Libraries checks. This should not occur on single-library systems. This has been corrected. Cataloging 105

106 UnicornECOLE Clients Corrections All Call Numbers Tab Empty in Batch Copy Add Wizard On a UnicornEcole system, when a user attempted to add copies to a call number using the Add Copies in Batch wizard, the All Call Numbers tab was empty even though there were many call numbers/volumes for this title. This has been corrected. 106 Cataloging

107 Circulation General Enhancements Outreach Tab Has Been Added to Circulation Wizards The Outreach tab has been added to the Display User and User Lost Card wizards. The Outreach information displayed on this wizard will be read-only and includes such information as Route, Date Created, Next Delivery Date, Histories, Interests, and Items Requested and Selected. This tab is controlled by a property setting on the Display User wizard. To display the tab on the wizard, go to the Outreach Tab section on the property screen and click the Show Outreach Tab checkbox. You can also display additional information by selecting choices from the Histories, Libraries, and Interests fields. Print Menu Enabled on Display User Helper When a user is displayed on the Display User helper, the print icon/wizard is enabled and allows the user s information to be printed from the helper screen. User Name and User ID Have Been Added to Transit Receipts The User Name and User ID are now options to print on transit slips. This information has been added to the WorkFlows Java client since it is needed for transit slips printed for items routed to another library to fill a hold. Holds on Available Items Now Consider Library Groups If the system is configured to use Unicorn's Demand Management feature, the Hold Available Item Libraries attribute controls which libraries' users may place holds on this library's available items (items already available on the shelf). In the previous implementation of the Hold Available Item Libraries feature, the only library that was checked when a hold was created was the station user's library. With Version GL3.1, this check can be configured to be extended to include items that qualify to fill the hold that belong to other libraries, depending on the range of the hold. Example: If a title level/group range hold is submitted and the system is configured to check for available items beyond the station library, Unicorn will check all items that qualify to fill the hold for availability and belong to libraries referenced in the Hold Group Libraries attribute for the station user's Library policy. If there are any available copies belonging to a library that is Circulation 107

108 part of the station library s hold group that doesn t permit holds on available items the hold would be denied. By extending the check to libraries within the hold group or within the system, the library can prevent holds from being placed for items on shelf that belong to libraries in close geographical distance from each other. Unicorn takes into account the Available attribute in the Location policy when determining if an item is available when a hold is submitted. The system can also be configured to check for available items at the hold pickup library when a hold is placed. If this configuration is set a hold would be denied if there is an available item at the hold pickup library. This configuration can be set to apply to holds placed from the OPAC or online catalog only or for all holds. With Version GL3.1, there are several new system configuration options for satisfying holds on available items. Only the station library will be checked when a hold is created in this option, the software will function as it did prior to this change. When checking for available on-shelf items when a hold is placed, the system will deny the hold if there is an available item at the station library only. The station library's group and/or system will be checked when a hold is created depending on the range. In this configuration, the system checks the availability of holdable copies belonging to libraries referenced in the hold group of the station operator's library policy. If any copy that qualifies to fill the hold is found to be available the hold would be denied if the item library's hold available policy does not include the library of the station operator. Do not check for available items at the hold pickup library when deciding whether to allow a hold on available items. If this configuration is set, the system will not check for available items at the hold pickup library when a hold is placed. Check for available items at the hold pickup library for holds placed from the OPAC when deciding whether to allow a hold on available items. If this configuration is set, the system will check for available items at the hold pickup library for holds placed from the OPAC. Always check for available items at the hold pickup library when deciding whether to allow a hold on available items. If this configuration is set the system will check for available items at the hold pickup library for holds placed from the OPAC and from the WorkFlows client. Note: To change how these options are configured, contact SirsiDynix Client Care. The Check for Available Items at Pickup Library setting can be configured for the OPAC or the WorkFlows client. If the configuration is set for only e Library, Unicorn first verifies that the hold is from the e Library. If it is, the system would do the following. 108 Circulation

109 Check the pickup library of the hold and verify if available holds can be placed on items at pickup library. If not and there is an available item at the pickup library the hold is denied. If there is not an available item at the pickup library, the system will check for available items that belong to the station library and either deny or allow the hold depending on policy settings. If the configuration is set for both WorkFlows and the e Library, the system would do the following. Check the pickup library of the hold and verify if available holds can be placed on items at the pickup library. If not and there is an available item at the pickup library the hold is denied. If there is not an available item at the pickup library the system will check for available items that belong to the station library and either deny or allow the hold depending on policy settings. Check for Available Items at Hold Libraries Group When Check for Available Items at Hold Libraries Group is configured, Unicorn checks the Hold Available Items attribute of the library for each item that qualifies to fill the hold. A hold would be denied when the first available copy is found that would qualify to fill the hold. If there are any available copies belonging to any library within the range of the hold that does not permit holds on available items from the station library trying to place the hold, the hold would be denied. Unicorn considers the range of the hold when checking this attribute. Library Range Holds For library range holds, the system does the following. It checks only the availability of holdable copies within the item library (the library of the item selected when the hold is submitted). If any copy that qualifies to fill the hold was found to be available, the hold would be denied if the item library's hold available item libraries list does not include the library of the station user. Group Range Holds For group range holds, the system does the following. It checks the availability of holdable copies belonging to libraries referenced in the Hold Group Libraries attribute of the station user's Library policy. If any copy that qualifies to fill the hold was found to be available, the hold would be denied if the item library's hold available item libraries list does not include the library of the station user. System Range Holds For system range holds, the system does the following. It checks the availability of all holdable copies that could fill the hold. Circulation 109

110 If any copy that qualified to fill the hold was found to be available, the hold would be denied if the item library's hold available item libraries list does not include the library of the station user. Check for Available Items at Pickup Library and Check for Available Items at Hold Libraries Group When both hold available item options are configured, Unicorn behaves as follows. If the configuration is set for the e Library only, Unicorn would first verify the hold is from the e Library. If the hold is from the e Library, the system would do the following. It checks the pickup library of the hold and verifies if available holds can be placed on items at pickup library. If holds on available items are not allowed, and there is an available item at the pickup library, the hold is denied. If there is not an available item at the pickup library or the hold is not from the e Library, the system will continue checking as described in the following section. If the configuration is set for both WorkFlows and the e Library, the system would do the following. It checks the pickup library of the hold and verifies if available holds can be placed on items at the pickup library. If not, and there is an available item at the pickup library, the hold is denied. If there is not an available item at the pickup library, the system will continue checking as described in the following section. Unicorn checks the Hold Available Item Libraries attribute for each item library that qualifies to fill the hold. A hold would be denied when the first available copy is found that would qualify to fill the hold. If there are any available copies belonging to any library within the range of the hold, and the library does not permit holds on available items from the station library trying to place the hold, the hold would be denied. Unicorn considers the range of the hold when checking this attribute. Library Range Holds For library range holds, the system does the following. It checks only the availability of holdable copies within the item library. (The library of the item selected when the hold is submitted.) If any copy that qualifies to fill the hold was found to be available, the hold would be denied if the item library's hold available item libraries list does not include the library of the station user. Group Range Holds For group range holds, the system does the following. It checks the availability of holdable copies belonging to libraries referenced in the hold group libraries list of the station user's Library policy. If any copy that qualifies to fill the hold was found to be available, the 110 Circulation

111 hold would be denied if the item library's hold available item libraries list does not include the library of the station user. System Range Holds For system range holds, the system does the following. It checks the availability of all holdable copies that could fill the hold. If any copy that qualified to fill the hold was found to be available, the hold would be denied if the item library's hold available item libraries list does not include the library of the station user. Note: For more information about how this feature is implemented, and examples of how Demand Management holds are affected, refer to FAQs: Selecting Values for the Hold Available Item Libraries Attribute in the WorkFlows online help. Family Returns Enhancement Added to WorkFlows Java Client A Family Returns (or Accumulated Fines) enhancement has been added to the Discharge wizard and the Renew Items wizard. This enhancement enables a patron to check in and pay accumulated fines for items for multiple family members or other unrelated persons. The first time an item with a fine is discharged, the wizard checks the Accumulate Fines property settings. If it is set to On, fines will be totaled by patron when items are checked in. If Prompt is selected, the system would prompt Do you want to accumulate fines, Yes/No. If No is selected, the items are discharged as normal and fines will still be assessed. If Yes is selected, then a fine accumulator is started and as each item is discharged, the list of discharges is sorted by user name. If a fine is associated with the item, an amount displays in the right-hand column beside a checkbox. A running total of fines displays at the end of the list. When all items are discharged for that session, the library staff checks the boxes for the fines the user wishes to pay and leaves the others unchecked. The Pay Bills button is then selected and a summary screen of the bills displays. There are options to pay all bills, pay each bill individually, or to pay a particular user s bills. After this transaction is completed, the Clear Discharge List can be selected to start a new fine accumulator or the wizard can be closed. If the previous user in the list had fines, a dialog box alert displays informing the operator that the user has fines that have not been paid. Circulation Wizards Display the Number of Suspension Units in the Suspension/Unsuspension Lists or the Glossary The Display User, Suspend User, and the Unsuspend User wizards have been configured to display the number of suspensions either in the suspension/unsuspension lists or in the glossary. Circulation 111

112 To view the suspension information in the glossary, click the suspension dates under Next Allowed Loan Date in the List Suspensions and Credits list. The glossary displays item information (Title, Author, Call Number and Copy) and suspension information, including Date Suspended, Reason, Next Allowed Loan Date, and Number of Units. User Records That Were Created Without a Name Can Now Be Removed If a user record was created with NAME - NOT - YET - SUPPLIED in the Name field, the record could not be removed from Unicorn. When the operator attempted to remove the user, the following message displayed. User Status Not Found This occurred when a user record was created and a name was not entered into the Name field, and the record was saved when the field was either blank or had NAME - NOT - YET - SUPPLIED in the name field. The records could not be accessed through the client in order to edit them. Unicorn has been changed so that the WorkFlows Java client will no longer allow users to be created with a blank name field. Existing records can be removed using API tools. Suspend User Displays Suspension Information in Glossary The glossary for suspensions displayed the number of units in the Display User wizard and the Unsuspend User wizard, but failed to do this in the Suspend User wizard. This occurred whether the user was suspended by number of days or by date. The Suspend User wizard has been changed so that the number of suspension units display in the glossary. Selected Circulation Wizards Now Check the Global Configuration Setting Check Previous ID When User ID Is Not Found Specific circulation wizards have been modified to check the global configuration setting Check Previous ID When User ID Is Not Found. Before, if a user s previous ID was scanned into the User ID field, the following message would display. User not found However, if the library staff member searched this user it would be found by previous ID. Now, the new setting allows Unicorn to search for any previous user ID if the one that is being scanned is not found. This feature has been added to the following wizards. Checkout Suspend User Unsuspend User 112 Circulation

113 Send Message Remove User Display User Hold Modify User Hold Remove User Hold User Claims Returned Modify Due Dates User Lost Card Ephemeral End of Wizard Dialog Has Been Added to the Copy User and the Register User Wizards A confirmation prompt has been added to the Copy User and Register User wizards. When using these wizards to create a user record and save it in the database, the WorkFlows client displays the following message. User record has been successfully created. The user can then make one of the following selections. Register another user Make more changes Clone/copy to new user Close The confirmation prompt can be enabled on the Behavior tab on the properties screens for these wizards. Enter Key Function in User Search Helper No Longer Produces Error Message When using the User Search helper to produce a hit list of users and then using the Enter key to select a record from the list, an error message would display. Example: 1. Select the Display User wizard. 2. Using the User Search helper, browse for a user. 3. On the hitlist, tab down using the keyboard to a name on the list. 4. Press Enter and the following message displayed. You must supply lookup information The User Search helper has been changed so that if the cursor is in the search box and the operator presses Enter, a search is performed. If the cursor is in the hitlist and Enter is pressed, the User that is highlighted in the hitlist displays. Circulation 113

114 Corrections Pay Bills Screen in Renew Items and Discharge Items Wizards Has Been Corrected When the Family Returns feature was enabled (by setting the Accumulate Fines behavior property to Yes or Prompt), the Change feature in the Pay Bills helper did not work correctly. The Pay Bills screen would close immediately and there would be no opportunity for the amount to give back to the patron in change to display. Display of Change has been added to the calling screen for the Discharge Item or Renew Item wizards when payment is made from total. The Change field now appears at the top next to the amount owed. Placed at Library and Status Now Display on the Modify User Holds, Modify Item Holds, Remove User Holds and Remove Item Holds Wizards On the Modify User Holds and Modify Item Holds wizards, the Placed at Library and Status do not display in the hold glossary. On the Remove User holds and Remove Item Holds wizards, Placed at Library does not display in the hold glossary. These wizards have been corrected so that Placed at Library and status now display in the hold glossary. Display Options for Unpaid Bills is Displaying Correctly If a patron had a list of unpaid bills under Display Options, when More was clicked for details of the most recent paid bill, at the bottom of the list, a dialog box window displayed. When OK was clicked the system took the scroll bar to the top of the window. To view the next most recent paid bill, the operator had to scroll to the bottom of the screen and click on the next item up. In previous versions of Unicorn, the operator could click on each glossary without having to scroll down each time. This has been corrected. Hold Block Override Message Displays When Placing a Call-Level Hold on Items At sites configured to use traditional holds, call-level holds could not be placed on an item unless the current location was CHECKEDOUT for all copies of a specific call number. When the operator tried to check out the item, the following message displayed. Place Hold: Error No items qualified for hold 114 Circulation

115 After the message displayed there was no prompt to override the system message so a hold could not be placed on the item. This has been corrected. Display Issues with System-Level Holds When an item had a system-level hold on it, and the item was subsequently checked out using the Checkout and Cancel Hold next step button, the hold was not removed. Instead, it was made unavailable. This caused display problems with the Display User Holds and Display Item Holds wizards. There was a problem with the system using the first available hold of an item, rather than the specific one that was cancelled. This has been corrected. Operator is Prompted for Override When Using Placing Another Hold for this User Next Step If a system range hold was placed and required a no holds allowed override, when the operator selected the Place Another Hold for this User next step button and chose another item that required a no holds allowed override, Unicorn did not prompt the operator to enter a second override. There was a no holds override that was being applied to all holds for a user. This has been corrected so that the operator is prompted for an override for each hold that is not allowed. Trapped Holds and Intransit Items No Longer Become Available at Wrong Library If an item was scanned twice using the Trap Hold wizard or after the item had been put in transit to fill a hold at another library, the item would be on hold at the wrong pickup library. Example 1. Using the Place hold wizard, place a hold for pickup at a library other than station library. 2. Using the Trap Hold wizard, scan in a copy for the title you placed on hold. A message should display indicating the item is put in transit to the pickup library. 3. Scan the item ID in again in the trap hold wizard. A message displays with options to Release Item and Cancel. Select Release Item. 4. The transit override dialog displays. Enter in the override and select the override transit button. 5. The item displays in the list and the route to location is HOLD. If the item was looked up using Item Search and Display, the item s current location displayed as HOLDS and the hold had a status of AVAILABLE. Unicorn has been corrected so that holds are not made available at the wrong pickup library. Circulation 115

116 When Title Holds are Placed, Transit Wizards Place Items Intransit to Hold Pickup Library In a multiple library system, a hold could be placed on a title while copies were intransit. If an intransit copy became eligible to fill such a hold when it was received, and the pickup library of the hold was different from the receiving library, the Check Items Status and Receive Items From Transit wizards made the hold available instead of putting the item back intransit to the hold pickup library. Whenever an item was received from transit, the wizard should have sent another Get Item Status request to see what should now be done with it. These two wizards were not checking the status upon receipt. Also the wrong logic was used to determine whether an available hold slip should be printed. This has been corrected. Invalid Barcode Setting No Longer Prevents Users From Being Deleted from Unicorn In the WorkFlows Java client, if barcode validation was enabled, a user with an invalid barcode could not be deleted from Unicorn until the user's ID or barcode was valid. When trying to remove a user when barcode validation was turned on, the following message displayed. Invalid user ID. Incorrect check digit. Unicorn has been changed to allow removal of user records regardless of whether or not the ID is valid. Unicorn will still display a warning message for invalid barcodes when removing user records. Various Circulation Wizards No Longer Have Mismatched User ID and User Name in Current Display After Using Renew Single Item Wizards When using the Renew Single Item Wizard to renew an item on a user with an expired privilege, the operator received a warning message that the user s privilege had expired. When the operator went to the Modify User Wizard to change the privilege expiration date for that user, and then went back to the Renew Single Item wizard, the User ID did not match the User Name. This also occurred when using Checkout and Place Hold wizards after renewing an item. When the Renew Single Item operation was cancelled, it caused the system to forget the user name. This has now been corrected so that the correct User ID and User Name both display in the current display for the circulation wizards after a Renew Single Item transaction has taken place. Select File Gadget for Sound Files Corrected Previously, even though a user selected a sound file in wizard properties using the gadget provided, the sound would not play in the circulation wizard. The Select File gadget used for selecting sound files was including the full path for 116 Circulation

117 the file name. However, when playing a sound file, wizards only indicate the file name, since all sound files are expected to be in the installed directory. The Select File gadget now includes the sound file name only. Search User Command Modified so that Keyword Searches No Longer Display Information that User Does Not Have Permission to View When a user does not belong to a library that the current login has access to view (from User Display Libs and User Maintenance Libs in the Library policy), the browse user and keyword user searches act differently. When the Keyword Search was used, the name being searched for belonged to a group that did not include certain libraries. If a hit list was produced during a search and a user was selected that the operator did not have permission to view, the following message displayed. No access to this record The Search User Command on the server has been modified so that during a keyword search, Unicorn no longer produces a hitlist of items that the user does not have permission to view. New Users Added to Unicorn Can Now Be Searched When a new patron was added to Unicorn, a search could not be performed for the new user even though the user was actually in the system. The dynamic user index script was not working properly and was not updating the database when new users were added. This has been corrected so that when a new user is added to Unicorn, that user can be searched for in the system. Circulation Wizards and Helpers Now Produce Override Field When Issuing an Error Message When modifying a user record using the Modify User wizard, a message was produced instructing the user to enter an override code. However, there was no field in which to enter the code. This has also occurred on the Checkout wizard, the Renew User Privileges Helper, Review User record, and the Modify User next step button. The wizards and helpers have been corrected so that when the user is prompted to enter an override code, an override field displays in a dialog box so the code can be entered. Unicorn Produces Updated Message When Unsuspension Date is Incorrect When attempting to unsuspend a user with a date beyond the current Next Allowed Loan Date, the following message displayed. Circulation 117

118 Invalid next allowed loan date. It must be a date later than the current next allowed loan date. This message contained inaccurate information and has been changed as follows. Invalid next allowed loan date. It must be a date earlier than the current next allowed loan date. User Search Helper on Single Library System Has Been Corrected On a single library system the User Search helper was not performing searches correctly. If a search resulted in one user displaying in the hitlist, the following error displayed. You may not display this library's user informationno access to this record If a search resulted in a hitlist with at least two users, a blank hitlist was produced. However, if the current user link or User ID was searched, the patron record displayed without any problems. The User Search helper has been corrected so that searches now display correctly. Cannot Check Out to Blocked User with Overdue Reserve Items Items could not be checked out to blocked users who had overdue reserve items. Example: 1. A patron is blocked and has at least one overdue reserve item. 2. The patron wants to check out another reserve item. 3. Enter the patron s ID in the Checkout wizard. An override is requested. 4. Enter the override and click OK; then enter Item ID. The following message displays. user has overdue reserve charges. 5. Enter override and click Override button and the following message displays. user block override not defined 6. The item could not be checked out. This problem occurred only when the patron had both kinds of override situations. If the patron was both blocked and had an overdue reserve item, a new reserve item could not be checked out. Unicorn has been corrected so that a patron with both kinds of override situations can check out another reserve item. Due Date Receipt No Longer Shows Claims Returned Items Claims returned items were displaying on the list of patron s current checkouts receipts when using the WorkFlows Java client. Claims returned items should have been excluded. This has been corrected. 118 Circulation

119 When Unsuspending a User Without Entering the Number of Days to Unsuspend, Unicorn Displays More Appropriate Message When attempting to unsuspend a user without entering the number of days to unsuspend, Unicorn displayed the following message. You can not suspend this user for this number of days due to the user profile policy The message needed to be changed so that the user was instructed to enter the number of unsuspended days. Unicorn has been changed so that the message now displays as follows. Please enter the number of days to unsuspend Checkout Times Displayed in Glossaries Are No Longer Truncated In some of the circulation wizards, such as the Display User wizard, the checkout and due date times that displayed in the glossaries often had part of the time missing. Example: 1. Click the Display User wizard and display a user. 2. Select the Due Date glossary in the Checkouts tab of a user record. The dates and times display in the following way. date due: 12/27/2005,23:5 checked out: 12/17/2005,17:1 The date and times fields were too small. This has been corrected by increasing the field size for due dates, renew dates and checkout dates. Configuration for Single Library Fields Has Been Changed in Circulation Wizards Empty library fields were displaying in various places in the circulation wizards although the Library field is not supposed to display at all in a single library system. The following wizards and helpers no longer display a Library field or column in single library systems. Display User Wizard, Bill tab, glossary Suspension tab Unsuspend User Wizard Display Item Holds/Display Title Holds Wizards Detailed Hold Count helper Also, the Detailed Hold Count helper was removed from the Display Item Holds wizard and the Display Title Holds wizard. Circulation 119

120 User Alert No Longer Displays in Discharge and Fine Free Discharge Windows for User With No Alert When items were being discharged by either the Discharge/Checkin wizard or the Fine-Free Discharge wizard, if the display user information behavior property was turned on, the red Alert that displayed on the window for a delinquent user remained for the next user who was not delinquent. However, the Alert glossary was left blank. Example: 1. Check out 1 item to a delinquent user. 2. Check out 1 item to a user with status of OK. 3. Turn on the display user information behavior in the Discharge wizard. 4. Discharge the 1st item (from delinquent user). The red alert displays. 5. Discharge the 2nd item (from the OK user). The red alert still displays in the user information area, even though the correct user data now displays. If you click on the alert glossary, it is blank. Unicorn has been changed so that the user data between discharges is now cleared so that the alert message no longer displays during the discharge process for users with no alerts. Override, Cancel Hold, Checkout Item Command Displays Correct User Information When the Proxy Check out with Cancel Hold functionality was used, the wrong user's information displayed in the checkout box after choosing to override, cancel hold, check out item. Example: 1. An Item was checked out to Maureen Lassiter (Item ID ). 2. Maureen then picked up her son s holds: Lee Lassiter (Item ID ) 3. With Maureen s card active, the first item was scanned: (Item ID ). 4. The operator pressed Override, cancel hold, checkout item. 5. Lee s information appeared in the top screen as the patron (although the operator was not checking out an item to him). 6. The second item, was scanned. 7. The operator again pressed Override, cancel hold, checkout item. 8. When the item status was checked, the item was checked out to Maureen although Lee s information was on the screen. The Cancel Hold command was causing the screen not to be updated with the correct information between users. This has been corrected. 120 Circulation

121 Discrepancy Between Library Policy Values and User Search Helper Properties Have Been Resolved There was a discrepancy between the Library policy values that displayed in the User Search helper and the values the staff member could pick from in the User Search helper properties. The User Search helper had been updated so that it displayed the library groups, but the helper property screen did not get updated to display library groups. Therefore if the library created some library group policies, then these policies should have displayed for selection in both the helper properties and the helper. The User Search helper property screen has been updated to display library groups if configured for search in library policy. Overdue Reserve Items Now Prompt for Alt Circ Rule When checking out an item to a user who already has an overdue reserve item, Unicorn was not prompting the operator for an alternate circulation rule although the user was prompted by an override. Unicorn was failing to check for alt circ rules when after being prompted for an override. This has been corrected. User Status Header Information Display Issues Have Been Corrected in the Circulation Wizards In the Checkout and Discharge wizards user information was not displaying correctly when the status header was configured. The following information was missing from the display. Checkout Wizard Library User Categories - Displayed as NONE even if the user had categories set. Status - If status was OK, nothing displayed. Available holds - Field was blank if there were not any holds. Privilege expires was missing. Discharge Wizard Status - Displayed empty if status was OK. Privilege expires was missing. There were also inconsistencies in the display for Amount Owes and Available Hold Count in the status header. Some circulation wizards displayed $.00 or 0 for amount owed while other wizards displayed an empty field. The status headers for the circulation wizards have been corrected so that all information displays correctly. Circulation 121

122 Group IDs Can Be Searched When Using Circulation Wizards When using circulation wizards, users could not be searched by group ID. The indexes of the user searches were not configured properly. This has been corrected. New User Registration Wizard and Modify User Wizard Have Been Updated This change concerns Unicorn systems that have the Accountability feature. In systems with Accountability, the New User Registration wizard and the Modify User wizard have the following updates. Patron type property has been added to the Default property tab. Ability to add Multiple Access restrictions has been added. Ability to add Need to Know segments has been added. User Search Helper is Searching Properly on Circulation Wizards On the Place Blanket Hold, Suspend User, and Ephemeral wizards, the User Search helper was not searching properly. When the helper was used and the search results were 1 user, the user did not display in the wizard. Example: 1. Open Suspend User wizard and select User Search helper. 2. Search for the name Fitzparsons. 3. The search returns you to the Suspend User wizard but the user information does not display. All three wizards have been corrected to display the user correctly after using the Search User helper, regardless of number of hits or user status. Assumed Lost Items No Longer Have Different Status in Print Preview In a user s checkout tab, if an item has a status of Assumed Lost, the print preview of the user record will show that same checkout as Overdue. Status check and translation into labels was done in the wrong order for printing. Since Assumed Lost items are also overdue, Unicorn has been changed so that it checks Assumed Lost items first when building a print template. Discharged Items Are Placed Intransit Instead of Being Sent to Home Location When a hold was removed using the OPAC, the hold available key in the hold record was not being cleared. This resulted in the item being routed to it's home location at checkin rather than being placed in transit to fill the next hold. 122 Circulation

123 A new check for hold cancelled status has been added at checkin and will clear the hold available key for cancelled holds. Clone New User Records Process Has Been Corrected So That New Records Are Dynamically Indexed Under certain conditions, when new user records were being created using the Clone/Copy process, some of the new records were not being dynamically indexed in Unicorn. When adding users to Unicorn using Clone/Copy, the only records that were dynamically indexed were the first user that was initially registered and the last user that was cloned/copied from that user. Any other users created were not indexed and could not be searched. This has been corrected. Checkout Wizard Corrections User Lost Card Helper No Longer Produces Error Message on Checkout If the User Lost Card helper on the Checkout wizard was used to search a user by name, and Assign New Card was pressed, an empty box displayed with OK and Cancel buttons. When OK was pressed the following message displayed. User already exists If OK was pressed a second time, this message displayed. Invalid pop stack - current stack will not be used This has been corrected. Charge Slips for New Users are Printing Out the Correct User When using the Checkout wizard to check out items to a user and to print a Due Date or Charge Slip and the properties were configured to print the user s list of existing checkouts, if Checkout to New User was selected after this transaction, the first user s list of checkouts carried over to the second user. The information on the receipt header of the Charge Slip was not clearing between transactions. This has been corrected. Checkout Wizard Glossary Buttons Display Correct Text On the Checkout wizard when the Display User Transaction Lists global configuration setting was enabled, the glossary buttons were available in the checkouts, bills, and holds displays. Clicking on any of the glossary buttons caused the text on the User ID bar at the top of the screen to change to the following label. suspension:0 Circulation 123

124 The user glossary text in the Checkout Wizard was not labeled correctly. This has been corrected. Checkout Wizard No Longer Accepts Incorrect Overrides When using the Checkout wizard to check out an item to a blocked user, if an override prompt displayed and the operator typed in an incorrect override password, the following message displayed. User block override not defined If the operator selects OK, the client returned the following message, even though the block was not overridden. User Block overridden Since this incorrect override was not really accepted, the operator then had to exit the Checkout wizard and then go through the process again to enter the correct override code. This situation does not occur when the properties option for Display User Blocks in a Separate Window is checked. This has been corrected. User Lost Card Helper is Displaying Lost Users Correctly If the User Lost Card Wizard was used to search for a user name whose card had been replaced, two matches would display one for the new barcode and one for the old barcode (which was identified by a red asterisk). If the User Lost Card helper was used from within the Checkout wizard, and the name was searched, the searched results produced only one match that of the new card. If the operator searched by the old User ID, the user record would display. The helper would not produce both the new and old barcode of the user. The User Lost Card Helper was not duplicating the information properly and displaying both user barcodes when a search was performed. This has been corrected so that both old and new User IDs display when a user has lost his card, until the library uses the Remove User wizard to remove the user s old user ID. Item Search and Display Helper Working Properly in Checkout Wizard When using the Item Search and Display helper in the Checkout wizard to select an item for check out, Unicorn prompts the user to identify the item to check out. Although the item was selected for checkout in the helper, the item was not charged. Example: 1. Click the Checkout wizard and search for a user. 2. Select the Item Search helper and search for Twain. 3. Select an item to checkout and select the Checkout Item button. 124 Circulation

125 4. When the Checkout wizard was selected, following message was displayed. You must identify item to checkout After selecting the item to checkout, the selected item from the Item Search and Display helper is not charged. The Checkout wizard was not clearing information between user searches when using the Item Search and Display helper. This has been corrected. Checkout Wizard No Longer Displays Error Message During Checkout Periodically, when checking out an item and using the Item Search helper on the Checkout wizard, the following message displayed. catalog review status undefined The Checkout wizard was not properly clearing a datacode during the checkout transaction. This has been corrected. Checkout Wizard Displays Price in Due Date Information for New Checkouts When using the Checkout wizard to check out an item that had the price entered at the copy level, when the due date for the Current checkout was clicked, the price displayed in the glossary. If you then clicked the due date for a new checkout, the price would be blank. During the checkout transaction, the price would be returned with the checkout response but would not be copied to the display list. This has been corrected so that the price now displays in the due date information. Add Brief Title No Longer Copies Previous Item Information When checking out an item to a user and adding a brief title, the brief title copied all of the information from the previous item, such as price, number of pieces, and number of charges. This was caused by previously charged item data not clearing from the system before a new item was created. This has been corrected. Browse User Function Has Been Corrected in Checkout Wizard When using the browse user function in the Checkout wizard, items could not be checked out. Example: 1. Select the Checkout wizard. 2. Click Search User helper. 3. Click Browse user helper. 4. Browse for Name; for example, Smith. Circulation 125

126 5. After selecting a user from the list, for example, Smith, Mary, the following message displayed. You must identify the item to checkout The Checkout wizard has been corrected so that Browse searching works correctly during checkout. Override Screen on Checkout Wizard Works Has Field for Override Codes When attempting to check out an item to a blocked user, when the override screen displayed and the operator selected Cancel and when the override screen displayed again, the override field did not display. The Checkout wizard has been corrected so that when a blocked user displays, an override field displays so that the operator can enter the override code. UnicornEcole No Longer Locks Up When Searching by Student Names On UnicornEcole systems, when using the Checkout Wizard to check out books to students, the library staff attempted to look up by a students name since the student did not know his user ID. If more than 5 to 8 names were looked up, the Check Out: Display2 User From Lookup window would display with the following message and the workstation client would lock up. This is an empty screen used for internal/hidden state. This has been corrected. Add Brief Title Wizard Corrections Add Brief Title Wizard No Longer Leaves Empty Tag Fields The Add Brief Title wizard was saving empty fields. Example A title was added using the Add Brief Title wizard. The template showed the 100,110,111,130 and 245 fields. A value for the 100 and 245 fields was entered and the record was saved. If the operator went to the Modify Title wizard to modify the title, the 100 and 245 fields contained the values entered with the Add Brief Title wizard. However the 110 and 111 fields were empty. The Add Brief Title wizard has been corrected so that it no longer saves empty fields. 126 Circulation

127 Add Brief Title Helper Now Uses the Library s Item Maintenance Policy for the Verify List The Add Brief Title helper in circulation was using the Library policy s Circulation Libraries attribute for the verify list, although in acquisitions, the helper was using the Item Maintenance attribute. The Add Brief Title helper has been corrected so that it now uses the Library policy s Item Maintenance attribute for the verify list. Copy User Wizard Corrections Copy User Wizard No Longer Copies Birthdate to a New User When using the Copy User wizard to copy an existing user to create a new user, the previous user s birthdate was copied onto the new user record. The Copy User Wizard has been corrected so that the birthdate of the first user is not copied over to the next user. Create Bill Wizard Corrections Create Bill Wizard No Longer Creates Bills With the Wrong Bill Reason When using the Create Bill wizard to create a bill, a different bill reason was sometimes used rather than the one assigned by the library staff. This has been corrected. Discharge/Checkin Wizard Enhancements Discharge Wizard Has New Property to Prompt User to Pay Overdue Bills When discharging multiple items that are overdue, Unicorn was only prompting once to pay bills. The pay bills prompt should have been occurring after each time the overdue item was discharged. The Display Bill Warning for Every Item property has been added to the Discharge wizard. When it is turned on, a warning message will display each time a fine is created during discharge, even for the same user. Circulation 127

128 Corrections Display User Information Property Added to Checkin Bookdrop Items Wizard The Display User Information behavior property has been added to the Checkin Bookdrop Items wizard. When this property is enabled, user information for the user checking in material will display on the Checkin Bookdrop Items wizard during checkout. Discharge Wizard Displays Appropriate Message When Processing Items that Have Not Been Charged If an item that had not been checked out or charged was checked in by the Discharge/Checkin wizard, Unicorn displayed the following message. Item not charged If the item had an outstanding hold, the item would not be trapped to fill the hold and a warning message would not be displayed. If an item that was not charged that belonged to another library was scanned, the item would not be placed in transit. The Discharge/Checkin wizard has been changed so that if an item that has not been checked out is scanned, Unicorn will display an appropriate message to the operator regarding the status of the item. When an item is scanned, it will display in the item list even if no action is required by the operator. Discharge Wizard Displays Correct User ID When the Display User ID In List checkbox was enabled in the Discharge wizard properties, the User ID next to a discharged item s title was incorrect if the item discharged was marked as LOST and either paid for or forgiven. If the lost item that had been paid for or forgiven was the first item discharged when selecting the Discharge wizard, the proper User ID should display next to the discharged items s title. The Discharge wizard has been corrected so that the correct User ID displays next to the title of a lost discharged item. Discharge Wizard No Longer Produces Not Defined Message When Checking Out an Item Already Charged If the Global Configuration was set to automatically discharge items without an override, the WorkFlows Java client was not allowing the discharge to be cleared when charged. So if an item that was currently charged was checked out again, the charge wizard displays the following message. not defined This has been corrected. 128 Circulation

129 Discharging Screen Displays Fines, Holds and Intransit Information Properly If an item that is checked in has fines, a hold and is put in transit, the Discharge screen did not properly display the transit information. Transit information would overwrite the user barcode. The display on the Discharge screen has been corrected so that the transit information no longer overwrites the user barcode. Discharge Wizard System Message Display Updated Previously in the Discharge/Checkin wizard, if a barcode was scanned and the item was not checked out, a system message window displayed without sound, but closed immediately when another item was scanned. Barcode scanners are programmed to generate preamble and postamble strings. Since the preamble of the barcode scanner could contain an Escape, the close action for the window was activated. Now in the Discharge/Checkin wizard, the system message window continues to display until Enter is pressed, and a sound is generated when the close action is activated with the barcode scanner preamble. Discharge Screen No Longer Displays the Wrong User in UnicornEcole On UnicornEcole systems, when the Display User ID in List checkbox was enabled within the properties of the Discharge wizard, the user ID that displayed next to a discharged item s title was incorrect if the item discharged was marked as Lost and either Paid or Forgiven. A prerequisite is that the Paid or Forgiven Lost item that was discharged had to follow other items that had been discharged. So if the lost item that had been Paid or Forgiven was the first item discharged when selecting the Discharge wizard, the correct User ID would display next to the discharged item s title. Unicorn has been changed so that during a discharge, the User ID is cleared before the item is discharged. This ensures that the correct user will display on the Discharge screen. Display Title Holds Wizard Corrections Display Title Holds Glossary Lists the Correct Number of Holds for Displayed Item On the Display Title Holds wizard, if an item that was looked up had several holds and the glossary for the title was clicked in the Display Title Holds window, the Holds field was empty although the item had several holds. If the call Circulation 129

130 number or item was selected using the Select call number/item helper and the title glossary was clicked again, a hold count for the item displayed, but it was the wrong number. The Holds field on the glossary of the Display Title Holds wizard was not configured correctly. This has now been corrected. Detailed Hold Count Helper Now Displays Item Glossary Information When using the Display Title Holds wizard to look up a title, after the title was displayed and the Detailed Hold Count helper was selected, when clicking the item glossary in the Detailed Hold Count helper, the item information displayed. However, if the Select Call Number/Item helper was clicked after closing the glossary window, and the item glossary was selected, the item information did not display. The Select Call Number/Item helper was configured so that glossary information was not available. This has been corrected. Display User Wizard Corrections List of Checkouts in Display User Wizard Is Displaying Correctly If the Display libraries attribute in the library policy was set to a library group (such as East or Main), when the list of checkouts displayed for a user in the Display User wizard, all of the checkouts for the user displayed, not just the ones belonging to the library group selected. The WorkFlows Java client has been corrected so that it displays All Libraries in the drop-down list in addition to the specific group names. Browse Search on Display User Wizard is Displaying Checkouts When using the browse search on the Display User wizard to display a user, the user s checkouts did not display. When the Display User Wizard properties were set it caused the default library to clear when the browse search helper was used to search for the user. This has been corrected. Pay Bills Helper Defaults to Property Setting When using the Display User wizard, after displaying a user with a bill and then using the Pay Bills helper to try to pay the bill, by inputting a payment amount in the Individual Bills and Payments portion of the screen, Unicorn did not properly default a payment type. If a payment amount was input and Pay Bills was clicked, the following message displayed: type of payment Required field missing 130 Circulation

131 The workstation client did not default to the payment type, although the payment type had been set in the properties. The only alternative was to manually select a payment type, which was how the previous version of Unicorn operated. The property page has been corrected so the payment type defaults properly and the operator does not have to manually select a payment type after setting the property. After Viewing Holds Glossary, User Returns to the Display User Screen When using the Display User wizard to do a search on a patron with available holds, if the system produced an alerts warning, the operator clicked Alerts and then the Holds glossary, after viewing the holds information and clicking Return to Display, the system did not return the user to the Display page. Instead, the user remained on the Holds folder. The only way to view the other tabs was to go back to the user hit list and choose this user again. This Display User wizard has been corrected so that after viewing the holds glossary, the user is returned to the screen that contains the patron s name with the Alerts link and Holds glossary User Search No Longer Produces List of Users From Library Outside Search Area In the WorkFlows Java client, if a search was restricted to user records belonging to libraries in a particular library group, the hit list included users that did not belong to the libraries in the group. Example: 1. The Library policy for Library A was configured to use the ABC library group policy for User Display and User Maintenance libraries. 2. The ABC library group policy contained libraries A, B and C but not D. 3. There were users with the surname JONES in library D. The other libraries did not have users with the name Jones. 4. Using the Display User wizard, Search User was clicked and the name JONES was searched in the Name index, with the library set to the ABC library group. 5. The JONES records from library D were displayed. If, the user tried to access them, The message No access to this record displayed. 6. If the same search again was tired but restricted to library A rather than the library group policy, the following message displayed. User not found This occurred because the browse and keyword searches worked differently on the server in the way that the ALL_LIBS setting was processed. A Browse search could accept ALL_LIBS and treat it as the group name if the policies are set accordingly, but the keyword search takes what is sent from the client without further processing. This has been changed so that browse searching can accept group names and send the group name for any search if the group is selected on the client. Circulation 131

132 Overlap Issue With Display User Wizard Has Been Corrected When displaying a user with the Display User wizard, in the Summary tab, the information in user categories 1, 2 and 3 was overlapping each other. The format of the user categories has been corrected so that the information does not overlap. Ephemeral Checkout Wizard Corrections Override Function Has Been Added To The Ephemeral Wizard When using the Ephemeral wizard to check out items to a suspended user, the wizard would go to the screen where the number of items checked out was identified along with the item ID. When OK was clicked during item checkout, an error message was produced informing the library staff that the patron was suspended. However, an override prompt did not display to allow the function to continue. The Ephemeral wizard has been changed so that the user is prompted to enter an override during checkout if the user s situation requires an override to continue. Ephemeral Wizard User Search Issue Has Been Resolved When using the Ephemeral wizard to search a user who was suspended, the override failed and would not allow the operator to search for a different user unless the wizard was closed and reopened. Example: 1. Open the Ephemeral wizard and search for Jones, Mike. 2. Mike Jones is suspended and Not authorized to override displayed. 4. When operator attempted to search for a new User, the search did not occur. 5. The operator had to close the wizard and reopen it to search for another user. The Ephemeral wizard has been corrected so that after a transaction takes place with a suspended user, a second user can be searched without closing the wizard and reopening it. Operator Can Renew User Privileges in Ephemeral Wizard If a user s privileges had expired, there was no way to renew the user s privilege using the Ephemeral wizard. 132 Circulation

133 Example: 1. Open the Ephemeral wizard and search for MaryJ. A Renew Privilege window displays. 2. Click Extend Privilege and the following message displays. You must select a radio button. 3. Click OK. Operator is returned to Renew Privilege window with no way to renew the user s privilege. The Ephemeral wizard would not clear data when the Privilege dialog was displayed. This has been corrected. Fine-Free Discharge - Checkin Wizard Enhancements Fine-Free Discharge Wizard Added to Circulation Module The Fine Free Discharge - Checkin wizard allows the user to turn off fine accrual or loan suspensions when overdue items are returned to the library. This wizard can be used when checking in items the library does not want to collect fines for. Example: The library might have a special fine-free day to allow patrons to check in items that have fines attached to them without penalty. When overdue items are discharged with this wizard, fines and suspensions will not be assessed for the user. The wizard performs all other discharge functions, such as transits, check for holds, and update item records that the existing discharge wizards do except for fines and suspensions. Mark Items Claims Returned Wizard Corrections Mark Items Claims Returned Wizard Can Clear the Claims Returned Date When using the Mark Item Claims Returned wizard, the user was allowed to clear the Claims Returned Date in the wizard. Although the date appeared to be cleared, when viewing the user record, the item still displayed as being Claims Returned. Unicorn was not clearing the claims returned date. This has been corrected by setting the Claims Returned Date to NEVER when the user clears the field so that the date gets sent to the server with the transaction. Circulation 133

134 Mark Item Lost Wizard Corrections Pay Later Button in Mark Item Lost Wizard is Working Correctly When using the Mark Items Lost wizard to mark items lost, when the first lost item was scanned and the Pay Now button was clicked, the process worked correctly. However, when scanning in the second item as lost and clicking Pay Later, the second item was also marked as being paid now as well. The Mark Items Lost wizard has been corrected so that the Pay Later button no longer registers a lost item as paid. Mark Lost Item Wizard No Longer Writes Bill Start Error to the Error File When using the Mark Item Lost wizard to declare an item lost and then using the Cancel Lost Item Bill option not to bill a user for the item, when the item later turned up and was discharged, this transaction caused a bill start error to be written to the error log. This caused error number 111 on bill start errors to display in the Unicorn Status log. Discharging a lost item for which the user had not been billed caused Unicorn to report the lost bill as an error. This has been corrected. Lost Returned Item Was Not Updating Date Stamp When the Item was Discharged When an item had been declared lost and been paid for is checked into the library, the system did not update the items last activity date. Since a lost item is discharged at the time the lost bill is paid, the library did not have a way to calculate the fine based on the date returned. Unicorn has been changed so that when a lost item is returned that has been paid for the last activity date will be updated when the item is checked in. Mark Item Missing Wizard Corrections System Message Displayed When Workstation Connected to USB Port Receipt Printer In some instances, when a user clicked the Mark Item Missing wizard, WorkFlows would display the following system message. Create File [null] failed : Circulation

135 This only occurred on workstations connected to a USB port receipt printer. The Mark Item Missing wizard did not contain the proper command for connecting to a USB port receipt printer. This has been corrected. Modify Item Hold Wizard Corrections Properties Have Been Corrected in Modify Item Hold Wizard Some of the properties had been left off the Modify Item Hold wizard. When attempting to change properties for the Modify Item Holds wizard, the changes would not be saved to the wizard. Example: 1. Open the Modify Item Hold wizard properties. 2. On Behavior tab, checked Remove from hold shelf and Make next hold available properties and select OK (to save). 3. When the Properties screen is opened again, these properties are not selected. These properties have been corrected in the Modify Item Hold wizard so that property changes can be saved to the wizard. Item is Now Put in Transit When Suspending a Hold When an available hold was suspended and the Remove from Hold Shelf and Make Next Hold Available properties were set, the item was not put in transit if the next hold in the queue had a pickup library other than the station library. The hold became available at the wrong library. Example: 1. A title level hold was placed for an item for pickup at Rockefeller library. 2. Another title level hold was placed for the same title for pickup at Carnegie library. 3. The hold was available at Rockefeller. 4. Using the Modify Item Hold wizard, the Make Next Hold available and Remove from Hold Shelf properties are checked were made available. 5. A message displayed indicating the hold at Carnegie was available and the hold status was changed to available. The functionality of Remove from Hold Shelf and Make Next Hold Available properties were missing from the Modify Item Holds wizard. This has been corrected. Circulation 135

136 Modify User Wizard Corrections User ID Field on Modify User Wizard is Active When Modifying Another User When a user record was modified and the user clicked the Modify Another User button, the cursor was not being set in the User ID field. This wizard has been corrected so that the cursor defaults to the User ID field when the Modify Another User button is selected. Web Authentication Field Has Been Added to Modify User Wizard The Web Authentication field was missing from the Privilege tab on the Modify User wizard screen. A gadget for a pop-up screen has been added to the Modify User wizard so that the field can be modified. A field displays that allows the user to enter an override code. User Status Field in Modify User Wizard Has Been Changed so That it is Not Editable In the French Unicorn Java Workflows, a patron s status could not be changed to BARRED. In the French interface the BARRED option displayed as Interdit de prjt. Example: 1. On the Circulation toolbar, select Modify User wizard and bring up a User ID, such as On the Abonnement tab, in the pull-down list, the available user statuses show as Delinquent (or Interdit de prjt) which is the BARRED status. 3. If the user tried to change the status of the user from Delinquent to Interdit de prjt, the field would be empty and not allow the user to make the change. The length of the Status field was not calculated properly. This field has now been changed so that it is non-editable. New User Registration Wizard Enhancements New User Registration Wizard Works Properly When Default User Library Is Set to All In the New User Registration wizard, if the default user library was set to ALL (by typing in ALL) and the operator registered a new user by entering a user ID, 136 Circulation

137 profile, user name and additional information, the following message displayed when OK was clicked. User Not Found Then if Cancel was selected to exit the wizard, the following message displayed. Must remove user before proceeding. The New User Registration wizard has been corrected so that if the default library is set to ALL, an error message will display. The Library field must be set to an individual library (not all) in order for the user to be registered. Property Will Accept Birthdates Before 1970 In the New User Registration wizard properties, a default date could not be set in the user birthdate field before When attempting to enter a date that was before 1970, the following message displayed. Please enter a valid date If the default was left blank and the Birthdate field was entered when using the wizard, Unicorn would accept that date, just not in the properties screen. The date format was set to use the wrong code. This has been corrected so that dates before 1970 can be entered. User Registration Screen Refreshes Properly After Scanning Invalid Barcode When the barcode validation was enabled in user registration, if an invalid barcode was entered, the following message displayed. Invalid User ID, format unknown When OK was clicked to remove this message, the New User Registration box displayed again but the cursor was not active in the User ID field. If a barcode was scanned with the assumption that the cursor was active in the User ID field, the New User Registration window closed and produced a blank screen. Demographics Property Information is Now Being Saved When creating a new user using the New User Registration wizard, the information input into the demographics property was not being saved. The demographics property was using the wrong data code and this caused the information not to be saved. This has been corrected. Circulation 137

138 Corrections Duplicate Name Checking Works Correctly in New User Registration Wizard When using the New User Registration wizard to add a new user, and when checking for duplicate names in the system, Unicorn did not produce the correct user information for the name that was being searched. When viewing the list of duplicate users, the circulation information for the first duplicate user displayed for the other users on the list. This has been corrected so that information for the first user clears before displaying information for the second user. Incorrect Privilege Expiration Date on New User Records Has Been Corrected When creating a user with the New User Registration wizard, if a patron was assigned a profile and an expiration date and then the profile was changed on the Basic Tab, the expiration date was not changed on the Privilege tab. The wizard has been changed so that a prompt will display for the user to confirm privilege changes if the user profile is changed. Clone/Copy User Next Step Button No Longer Displays Wrong User Information In the New User Registration wizard, when the Clone/Copy next step button was selected, the user name from the first user was retained in the second users record even though the second user s name had been saved. This has been corrected. Message Returned in New User Registration Wizard When Editing User PIN Has Been Changed When attempting to edit the User PIN in the New User Registration wizard, if the override password was not used, the following message displayed. Override required to extend privilege Unicorn was returning the wrong message. It has been changed to Override required to change PIN The message prompts the user to take the correct action by changing the PIN. New User Records Are Now Dynamically Indexed After Being Created Through Clone/Copy Activity New User records were not being dynamically indexed after being created through the Clone/Copy activity. 138 Circulation

139 Example: 1. Open the New User Registration wizard and register Catford, Sam. 2. Use the Clone/Copy option from the pop-up menu and register Catford, Jennifer. 3. Use the Clone/Copy option again and register Catford, Harry. 4. Use the Clone/Copy option a final time and register, Catford, Tristan. 5. Close the New User Registration wizard. 6. Use the Search User helper to perform a Name user search and search for Catford. The search results showed that the only dynamically indexed records were the first user (Catford, Sam) and the last user that was cloned (Catford, Tristan). Catford, Harry and Catford, Jennifer could not be located using a Name search, but could be located using an ID search. The indexing command has been corrected on the New User Registration wizard so all users who have been entered with the Clone/Copy feature can be searched. Duplicate Checking Finds Duplicate Users When Creating New Users When using the New User Registration wizard to create a new user, if Duplicate Checking was turned on and the user attempted to check the duplicate name, addresses and license, no results were produced although there were duplicates in Unicorn. Duplicate checking was searching only for specific synonym lists. Example: When searching for license, the client was only searching in address fields and not in extended information. Duplicate checking has been changed so that it searches all fields for the selected search ID's search IDs. Pay Bill Wizard Corrections Pay Bills Wizard No Longer Displays Incorrect Error Message During User Search In the Pay Bills wizard, if the user selects the Get User Information button and a user ID has not been entered, the following message was displayed. Dollar Amount must be $ or less This message was misleading since it had nothing to do with the transaction. Circulation 139

140 There was a mismatch in the logic of the Pay Bills wizard. The message that now displays during this type of transaction informs the user that there is a missing User ID. Place Hold Wizard Enhancements Corrections Place Hold Wizard Has Prompt to Extend User Privileges When the Renew Privilege helper in the Place Hold Wizard is configured, a prompt displays when a hold is placed for a user whose privilege has expired. Normally, when a user s privilege has expired a privilege expired message displays when a hold is placed. In the WorkFlows Java client, a prompt now displays that allows the operator to extend the user s privilege. The prompt includes options to review the user s record, extend privileges, or to cancel. Modify Hold Button Has Been Added to Place Hold Wizard A Modify Hold button has been added to the Complete dialog box in the Place Hold wizard. This change will allow the user to immediately modify a hold that has just been placed without having to close the wizard and open the Modify Item Holds wizard. Place Hold Wizard Allows Default Settings to be Changed On the Place Hold wizard, the Pickup library and Expiration Date settings were returning to default settings after searching for a user or item in the WorkFlows Java client. The screens were being refreshed but the latest data was not showing up on the screen. A NEVER (or No Date) setting was added to the calendar gadget so the user does not have to select a date. This has been corrected. Also, NEVER (or No Date) setting was added to the calendar gadget instead of a default date of December 31, Override Box in Place Hold Wizard Has Been Corrected When using the Place Hold Wizard in the WorkFlows Java client, when the Place Hold Override window displays, the cursor focus was not in the box where users needed to enter the override. The user had to enter SHIFT_TAB or use the mouse to put the cursor into the correct place before entering the override operator. The Place Hold wizard has been corrected so that the cursor is in the correct place in the Place Hold Override window. 140 Circulation

141 Cursor Focus in Place Hold Wizard Has Been Corrected When placing a hold with the Place Hold wizard, if an override message displayed, the cursor focus was not in the Place Hold Override window where the user needed to enter the override. The user needed to enter SHIFT-TAB or use the mouse to put the cursor into the correct place before entering the override operator. If the user was immediately taken to the No Hold Allowed pop-up then the cursor focus was correct. However, if the user had to first extend the patron's privilege then the cursor focus was not correct. Unicorn has been corrected so that the cursor focus is in the correct field when using the Place Hold wizard. Place Blanket Hold Wizard Enhancements Corrections Changes to Place Blanket Hold Wizard Are Now Being Saved Correctly When placing a blanket hold using the Blanket Hold wizard and selecting the Review Holds next step, the blanket hold screen which should have enabled the user to make changes to the holds displayed. However, if the user attempted to make and save changes, the changes would not be saved. The Blanket Hold wizard has been changed so that the Review screen displays in read-only mode. There is no longer an option to make changes on this screen. Place Blanket Holds Wizard No Longer Produces Variable State Error Message When only one title is retrieved from an item search in the Place Blanket Hold wizard, after a user selected the Place Holds next step button, the following message displayed. Variable state -- item_lookup_list_return_state_cannot be resolved. This has been corrected. Blanket Hold Checkbox Places Holds Correctly In the Place Blanket Hold wizard, when blanket hold titles were listed at the bottom of the screen, check boxes display next to the titles. If the user removed the checkmark next to a title, the items were still placed on hold. Removing the checkmark from the box did not prevent items from being placed on hold. Circulation 141

142 The Place Blanket Hold wizard has been corrected so that if an item is unchecked on the blanket hold list, it is not included in the blanket hold. Current User Button Has Been Corrected in the Place Blanket Hold Wizard When using the Place Blanket Hold wizard, the Current User button did not work properly. When the button was selected, user information did not display. This occurred when the User ID was typed in and the user was not delinquent or blocked and if an invalid User ID was entered after the user displays. Example: 1. Select Place Blanket Hold wizard, type in the number of copies and expiration date and press Enter. 2. Type in User ID Miller. After the user displays, select the Place Hold for Another user button. The initial screen displays. 3. Enter the number of copies and expiration date and press OK. 4. On the Blanket Hold screen, the Current User button displays with the User ID Miller, but if you select it, no information displays. The User Status screen did not refresh after the transaction. This has been corrected. Place Blanket Hold Wizard Has Been Corrected When Hold is Placed on Blocked User When a blanket hold was placed on a blocked user, the hold was only placed on the first title selected. On the remaining titles, Unicorn displayed the following message. User is Blocked The Set User Blocked and Hold Limit Overrides were corrected so that Unicorn no longer blocks blanket holds. Print Patron Card Wizard Enhancements New Print Patron Card Wizard Unicorn now supports printing patron cards on-the-fly. The Print Patron Card wizard allows library staff members to print cards for patrons using printers with built-in card printing capabilities. Some card printers support multiple card templates or layouts. Patron card templates are defined by the Unicorn administrator using the Print Patron Card Template Policy wizard. 142 Circulation

143 To print patron cards, a library staff member searches a user by typing or scanning the user s ID in the Print Patron Card wizard User Search step. The User Search helper is available for searching user IDs. If selected in default properties to display, the Patron Card Template and Desktop Printer fields appear. The staff member selects a patron card template and desktop printer from the dropdown lists, being certain to select a printer with built-in card printing capability. She then clicks Print Card. The patron s name and user ID will print on the card in the format specified by the selected template. Note: For information about the Print Patron Card Template Policy wizard, refer to the release note in the System Configuration Enhancements section. Receive Transit Wizard Corrections Receive Transit Wizard Printing Hold Slips When an item that had a hold was received in the Receive Transit wizard, the available hold slip would not print even through the properties were set to print hold slips in the wizard. The Receive Transit wizard has been corrected to print the hold slip. The Make Hold Available button was also added to the wizard. Remove Item Hold Wizard Corrections After Removing Item Hold User ID is No Longer Truncated When removing an item hold, if the item needed to go to the holds shelf to fill another hold, the User ID connected with the item was truncated so the complete ID did not display. The User ID field size did not have enough space. The field size has now been increased so that the User ID is not truncated. Remove Item Hold Wizard No Longer Truncating User ID The Remove Item Hold wizard was cutting off the last 2 or 3 digits of the user ID. Example: 1. Click Remove Item Hold for an item whose hold is available. 2. Since the item is on hold for another user, trap that hold and make it available. 3. The display of the barcode has been truncated. Circulation 143

144 The User ID field size has been changed so that it allows enough digits to be displayed. The User IDs in this field are no longer truncated. Remove User Hold Wizard Enhancements Hold Blanket ID Column Has Been Added to the Remove User Hold Wizard A Hold Blanket ID column has been added to the Remove User Hold Wizard. This enhancement allows the operator to remove all holds associated with a blanket hold at one time. Renew User Wizard Enhancements Corrections New Property Has Been Added to the Renew User Wizard to Display Circulation Notes The Display Item Circulation Note property has been added to the Renew User wizard under the Behavior properties. When this property is enabled, if a circulation note has been added to an item record of an item that has been checked out, and the library staff selects the Renew User wizard, a dialog box displays the circulation note. Search Helper Has Been Corrected in the Renew User Wizard The Renew User Wizard had two issues with the Search helper. One was with the Browse helper within the Search helper and the other was with the Search helper. When the Search/Browse helper was used with the Renew User wizard and a user had bills or overdues, if any action was taken by the staff, Unicorn produced the following message. Empty screen used for Internal/Undefined for hidden state This happened if the operator tried to renew a user for any reason or attempted to take care of any alerts about the patron. The Search/Browse function in the Renew User wizard has been corrected so that error messages no longer display when the staff is performing renewal functions or investigating alerts regarding a user. 144 Circulation

145 Renew User Charges Wizard Enhancements Corrections Renew User Charges Wizard Checkout List Did Not Display Overdue Charge Status in the Status Column The Status column in the Renew User Charges wizard did not show Overdue charge status. Example: 1. Display a user with overdues. 2. Click Display User wizard to display this user s record. 3. Click the Checkouts tab and notice that the overdue charges have Overdue in the Status column. 4. Click the Renew User Charges wizard. 5. Click Renew when the popup message indicates this user has overdues. 6. Notice that the status is blank for these overdue items. The list can be sorted by due date, but the Status field is blank. A Charge Overdue flag has been added to the Renew User transaction so that Overdue charge statuses will display properly. Renew User Charges Wizard Displays Correct User ID If an item record was reviewed through the Renew User Charges wizard, Unicorn displayed the user ID of the user who had previously checked out the item. The Renew User Charges wizard was set to display the last charged user instead of the current user. This has been corrected. User Information No Longer Cleared When Using the Limit List by Due Date Helper In the Renew User Charges wizard, when selecting the Limit List by Due Date helper to define a date that is before the due dates listed for the user s checked out items, the list of items was cleared and the user information disappeared with the list of items. Example: 1. From the Renew User Charges wizard, enter a User ID in the User ID field. Click Renew Items. 2. Select the Limit List by due date helper. Circulation 145

146 3. Select the date gadget and define the date 7/29/2005. All items are due 8/12/ The following error message displayed. User has no charges due on or before the date After OK was clicked, the user information was cleared along with the list of items. This helper has been corrected so that the user information is now retained when the list of items is cleared. User Search Helper on Renew User Charges Wizard Now Displays User Overdue and Charge Information The User Search helper on the Renew User Charges wizard was not displaying user information on a user although the user had overdues. Other types of searches for the same user showed that the user had information in the overdues, amount owed and privilege expires fields. Example: 1. Click the Renew User Charges wizard and search for user by ID or Browse method. 2. When the user s screen displayed, all of the data wells were filled in with information on overdues, amount owed and privilege expires. 3. Click the Renew User Charges wizard again and use the Search User helper to search for the same user. 4. The data wells, overdues, amount owed and privilege expires were empty. Also, if the user s expiration date had passed and the User Search helper was used to find the user, the list of checked out items did not display. Both of these display issues related to the User Search helper on the Renew User Charges wizard have been corrected. Renew Single Item Wizard Corrections Renew Single Item Wizard No Longer Displays Wrong User ID The Renew Single Item wizard was displaying the user ID of the previous user in the user glossary, though the user name that displayed was correct. Unicorn now displays the correct user ID as well as the name of the user. 146 Circulation

147 User Lost Card Wizard Corrections User Lost Card Wizard is Saving New User Card Correctly When using the User Lost Card wizard to scan a patron s new card number, the following message displayed. User not found However, if OK was clicked, the user was able to continue the process and the patron s new card number was saved in Unicorn. The barcode validation in the User Lost Card Wizard was not working properly and caused the new barcode not to validate. This has been corrected. Outreach User s Library Card Can Be Marked Lost If a user in Unicorn was marked as an outreach user and all four of the delivery and skip dates fields contained NEVER or UNKNOWN, a new User ID could not be assigned to the outreach user using the User Lost Card Wizard. When trying to issue a new User ID to an Outreach User with no dates in the outreach record for these fields, the following message displayed and the new ID was not created. Components of date must be all digits Lost card processing has been corrected in the WorkFlows Java client so that outreach users are not blocked from being assigned new User IDs. Unsuspend User Wizard Corrections Unsuspend User Wizard Now Displays Selected Default Reason When Suspending a User by Date When attempting to unsuspend a user by date, if library staff searched for the user or selected the current user, then selected a reason for unsuspension using the drop-down list of the Reason for Suspension field, and then clicked the gadget to set a date, when the user was returned to the Unsuspend User window, the reason for suspension was no longer selected. The reason for unsuspension also disappeared if it was selected before selecting or entering a user. Circulation 147

148 If the user chose to unsuspend by number of days and selected or entered a user ID before selecting the reason, the reason would also disappear. The Unsuspend User wizard has been corrected so that the Reason for Suspension Field displays the selected reason after the user and other information is entered. What s In Transit Wizard Corrections What s In Transit Wizard Has Been Configured to Print the What s in Transit List When the What s In Transit wizard is opened and the print button is selected, Unicorn will connect to the default workstation printer and produce the list of items in transit to the selected library. This print function does not have a helper. To print the What s in Transit List, users must select the File/Print option on their PCs. The printout includes the following information fields. Call Number Copy Number Item ID Title Author Transit Date From (the library the transit list is from) Transit Reason What s In Transit Wizard No Longer Locks Up When opening the What s In Transits wizard and clicking the Title glossary, the wizard would lock up, would not respond to keystrokes or mouse clicks and the glossary would not display. WorkFlows, however would be responsive. The Pending Transits wizard has been corrected so that the Title glossary can be displayed when clicked. 148 Circulation

149 Collection Exchange General Corrections Confirming Shipping Wizard Has Been Corrected When using the Confirm Shipping wizard to confirm the shipping on items that had errors, Unicorn would not allow any of the items to be transferred unless the items that had errors were fixed. This problem occurred when there were many items to confirm shipping on. This caused the server to take a long time to process the transaction and was causing the WorkFlows client to time out. This has been corrected. Collection Exchange is Allowed to Exchange Items With Title Level Hold In Collection Exchange, Unicorn did not permit the exchange of items if there were any title level holds belonging to different exchange groups. This was regardless of whether or not it was the last item on the last call number. Example: From the Library 1 login, the user wants to send items to Library 2. Using the Exchange Items wizard, Library 2 was chosen as the destination and Exchange Only to Selected Destination was checked. When Exchange was clicked a dialog box displayed with the following message. Can t transfer the last callnum of a title with title-level holds When OK was clicked, the dialog box disappeared and the message was repeated at the bottom of the screen. Collection Exchange has been changed so that a user can exchange an item on a title with title level holds as long as that item is the last item on the last call number. Confirm Exchange Wizard Saves and Displays Keep Exchange Option box On the default property screen, the Keep Exchange Option box was checked, but it did not display on the wizard. The Confirm Exchange wizard has been corrected so that when the Keep Exchange Option was checked on the property screen, it displays in the Confirm Exchange wizard. Collection Exchange 149

150 Collection Exchange Policies No Longer Being Deleted When two or more users simultaneously modified other Unicorn policies and Collection Exchange policies, the Collection Exchange policies were being deleted. This was caused by Collection Exchange keeping the policies in memory. Afterwards, Collection Exchange would access a policy and if the policy had been changed, Unicorn would reset itself to get the new policy. However, the policy that was being modified was deleted. The policies have been corrected so that the user can modify Collection Exchange policies without them being deleted. Items Marked Pending Shipping Can Be Removed from WorkFlows Previously, items marked as Pending Shipping could be removed. Now, when trying to remove items from Unicorn after the items have gone to Pending Shipping in Collection Exchange, the items cannot be removed and the following message displays. Removal of this item is not allowed because the exchange item has a status of pending shipping. If the user is able to delete the items and tries to confirm shipping, then Collection Exchange will allow the items to ship that have not been deleted and will remind the user to run the Update Library Counters report to reset the counters. 150 Collection Exchange

151 e-library General Enhancements Ability to Search Using Operator Terms as Words Currently in the e-library the terms for the Boolean operators (AND, NOT, OR, XOR) and positional operators (SAME, WITH, NEAR, ADJ) had to be enclosed in quotation marks to be searched as a word. This enhancement creates a way for each library to choose how they want these terms to be treated. A library can choose to configure the e-library so that the quotes are provided by default and the words AND, NOT, OR, XOR, SAME, WITH, NEAR, ADJ are no longer used as Boolean or positional operators. It is now possible to offer patrons two ways to search the e-library using Boolean and proximity operators. By setting a new environment variable to not use search operators, the library can offer a more basic user friendly search when using the Quick Search feature, and a different search type when using the Power Search feature. For example, when searching for "Harry Potter and" using Quick Search, the e-library automatically adds quotation marks around the search string. In Unicorn the double quotation marks cause the term AND to be searched as a word resulting in search results such as Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire. In addition, truncation symbols and other special characters will not work correctly when using Quick Search. When submitting this same search using Power Search, the e-library does not include the quotation marks, which results in an error because the e-library expects the AND in the search string to be followed by an additional term. If the new environment variable is set to use search operators, Quick Searches must include quotation marks around the search terms to return search results including the entire phrase. Pay Bills with Credit Cards via VeriSign's Payflow Pro Payment Processing Gateway Service This enhancement lets users pay bills online in the e-library with credit cards. It requires the use of the VeriSign Payflow Pro Payment Processing Gateway Service ( and an Internet Merchant Account with a bank. SirsiDynix highly recommends using e-library with HTTPS when using this feature. In the e-library, when users with outstanding bills go to the My Account/Review My Account window, a Pay Bill button displays next to each bill and a Pay All Bills button displays at the bottom of the list of bills. This lets users choose to pay their bills individually or pay all of their bills at the same time. e-library 151

152 To implement this change, your system administrator will need to make changes to a configuration file. For more information, refer to the Unicorn Administrator Notes. Increase Number of Icons on Hitlist The number of item type icons that can display on a hit list has increased from 20 to 999. Number of Renewals Now Displays In the e-library, on the Review My Account and Renew My Materials windows, a new environment variable can display the number of times patrons have checked-out their items. To implement this change, the system administrator will need to make a change to a configuration file. For more information, refer to the Unicorn Administrator Notes. Item Information Display Now Configurable The Item Information display in the e-library was previously hard coded to display publisher, publication date, and number of pages information. In this release, three new environment variables are now available to replace this information with data from elsewhere in the bibliographic record. The three new environment variables, ITEMINFO_OPTION1, ITEMINFO_OPTION2, and ITEMINFO_OPTION3, have been added with no default information in them to the RevC ibistro and ilink environment configuration files. If values are supplied in one or more of these variables, they replace the hardcoded Publisher, Pub Date, and Pages fields on the RevC Detail View for Item Info. Example: The variable ITEMINFO_OPTION1, if empty, does not affect the detail view. But if populated with a entry ID such as "700", the display changes to replace data as follows. Previously: Publisher: Farnsworth Pub. Co. After modification: Added author: Hunter, Mark. The optional data can only appear if it exists in the bibliographic record and is part of the entries displayed in the catalog record. ITEMINFO_OPTION2, if populated, replaces the Pub Date information on the Item Information folder tab. ITEMINFO_OPTION3, if populated, replaces the Pages information on the Item Information folder tab. 152 e-library

153 If only one of the variables has data in it, it displays and the others are not affected. It is also possible to suppress display of all three fields by putting a bogus value (an entry that will never be found in a catalog record) in the three environment variables. Change Holdings Display Button Added A new Change Holdings Display button now appears next to the holdings information in the single item view s Item Information tab. If selected, this button displays a page in which holdings may be selected for display by library. Although these options are delivered turned off, it is also possible to qualify display of holdings information by whether an item is shadowed or not, in call number order, limited to specific volume number, to whether or not there are MARC holding records associated with the item, and whether there are open orders on the item. Control Recall Status Sites can now control the recall status when a user places a hold in the e-library. To implement this change, the system administrator will need to make a change to a configuration file. For more information, refer to the Unicorn Administrator Notes. Security Feature for e-library Page Source All Unicorn e-library sessions require that a station be logged in to Unicorn. Usually, this is a generic login such as MAINLIB, PUBLIC, or WEBSERVER. However, functions like Review My Account or Renew My Materials require a login of a real patron's ID and PIN. The e-library tracks the current login and PIN so if it encounters a gateway element type of Another Gateway and the patron selects it, a new window will open that is already logged into the selected gateway or gateway feature. This requires that the e-library carry the current ID/PIN information as a session variable that may be viewed if someone opens the page source and reads the data. A new variable was added to the environment file to allow the optional exclusion of the current user ID and PIN in the page source. Changed Reservation Access and Appearance Previously, in the e-library, users had to be logged in with their personal login and password to see the Reservations button on the Detailed View page. Now, the Reservation button displays all the time on the detailed view. Users who are not logged in with a personal login and password will be prompted to log in when they click Reservations button. e-library 153

154 In addition, the call number did not always display for each item on a list of items that could accept a reservation. This has been corrected. Position of Hit List Messages Certain warning messages display only at the bottom of the Hit List page. These messages now display at the top of the Hit List page. Examples: Results not sorted because search retrieved more than nnn. Relevance ranking disabled because search retrieved more than nnn. Your search retrieved more than 99,999 records. Only the first 999,999 records will be available. BWI ebooks in Reserves and Call Number Searches The BWI ebooks feature was introduced in the e-library in version GL3.0. When searching reserve holdings, and also when performing a call number browse search, the BWI ebooks did not display. With this release, they now display. New Recommended Reading Lists Sites using Content Enrichment have access to several new Recommended Reading Lists as listed below. To implement these lists, your system administrator will need to make a change to a configuration file. For more information, refer to the Unicorn Administrator Notes. Number List Code List Name Description 49 MOBLOCK In addition to the Missouri Building Block Picture Book award, this list now includes the Show Me Readers Award (grades 1-3), Mark Twain Award (grades 4-6), and the Gateway Readers Award (YA) 77 MNZBAF Montana New Zealand Book Awards for Fiction 154 e-library

155 78 MZNBAN Montana New Zealand Book Awards for Nonfiction 79 NZPOSTCYA New Zealand Post Book Awards for Children & Young Adults 105 BLUGRASS Kentucky Bluegrass Award 106 DELDIAM Delaware Diamond Award 107 MONTANA Treasure State Book Award (MT) 108 NENE Nene Award (HI) 109 NYCHARL Charlotte Award (NY) 110 WVCBA West Virginia Children s Book Award 115 MYTHOP Mythopoeic Fantasy Awards 116 NOBA National Outdoor Book Awards 122 ARDIAMOND Arkansas Diamond Award (Primary) 123 ARCMSIMON Charlie May Simon (AR) (Grades 4-6) 124 NHGREATSTN Great Stone Face Award (NH) (Grades 4-6) 125 UTBEEHIVE Beehive Award (UT) (Children's Fiction, Picture Book, YA) e-library 155

156 126 WACCP Washington Children's Choice (K-3) 127 WASASQ Sasquatch Award (WA) (Grades 4-8) 128 WYEAGLE Soaring Eagle Award (WY) (YA) 130 NBCCFIC National Book Critics Circle award for Fiction 131 NBCCNF National Book Critics Circle award for Nonfiction 132 NBCCBIO National Book Critics Circle award for Biography 133 ALEXYA Alex Awards Created to recognize that many teens enjoy and often prefer books written for adults, and to assist librarians in recommending adult books that appeal to teens. 134 CTAYLORNF Charles Taylor Prize for Literary Non-Fiction (Canada) Awarded for command of the English language, elegance of style, and subtlety of thought and perception. 156 e-library

157 New and Revised New Best Seller Lists For sites using Content Enrichment, three UK best sellers lists have been replaced as follows. Number Old List Code New List Code List Name 51 BOOKTRKCHI ASKEWSCHI Askews Library Services: Childrens (20 titles) 52 BOOKTRKFIC ASKEWSFIC Askews Library Services: Fiction(10 titles) 53 BOOKTRKNF ASKEWSNF Askews Library Services: Nonfiction (10 titles) The Nielson BookScan "BookTrak" lists (originally added in July 2002) are no longer available. These three replacement lists contain approximately equal best seller lists from Askews Library Services. The USAMONEY best seller list (number 15) has been replaced by the Barnes and Noble Business best sellers list. The IRISH READER best seller lists (five fiction titles and five nonfiction titles) have been replaced by the Eason and Son Ltd (Dublin) online best seller lists (10 fiction titles and 10 nonfiction titles). There are three new best sellers lists as follows. Number List Code List Name 24 CBABEST Christian Booksellers Association 85 CRITICAS_F Crâiticas Fiction 86 CRITICAS_N Crâiticas Nonfiction To implement these changes, your system administrator will need to make a change to a configuration file. For more information, refer to the Unicorn Administrator Notes. Displaying NetLibrary URLs After NetLibrary modified their encryption routines, making netlibrary URLs no longer work in the e-library, SirsiDynix made changes in the OPAC so these e-library 157

158 Corrections URLs would only display when all the NETLIB account codes were already environment variables. Some libraries with netlibrary URLs in catalog records did not want their patrons automatically linked to netlibrary data. Instead, the library wanted only the netlibrary URL to display (just as any other URL) to patrons. With this change, if your library does not want to implement automatic patron login to the netlibrary website, your System Administrator will need to make a change to the environment file. Change in Content Enrichment Display Previously, when multiple reviews appeared on the Look Inside tab, a single Review heading displayed for all of them. Now each review is labeled by its source. New Retrieval Method for Syndetics Content Enrichment Previously in the e-library, if a site has Content Enrichment, book cover GIFs and chapter excerpts were retrieved from content.sirsi.net. Now, this data comes directly from Syndetic Solutions a Bowker Company to the user's browser. Accessing a Different Gateway When library information is stored in a gateway that is different from the user's default gateway, the following error message displayed. #MA Required field missing This has been corrected. To implement this change, the system administrator will need to make a change to a configuration file. For more information, refer to the Unicorn Administrator Notes. Text Displays Twice The text that appeared at the top of the Detail View page contained the words "for search" twice as in the following example. record 1 of 33 for search for search Word(s) "dogs" This has been corrected. Have You Read Selections Not Displaying in K12 e-library If a user clicked Have You Read on the e-library Home page, the following system message appeared. Sorry, there are not additional destinations beyond this point. This has been corrected. 158 e-library

159 Customized "Hold Placed" Message Did Not Display When creating a custom message that would display when a user placed a hold in a single library system, the new message would not display if the patron logged in before placing the hold. The custom message displayed while patrons were logged in as WEBSERVER and then typed their ID and PIN to place a hold, but the new message did not display when patrons placed holds when already logged in with their personal ID and PIN. This has been corrected. In addition, when a patron cancels multiple holds in My Account, the resulting display jammed together the titles/author/call numbers without spaces. This was also corrected so that each hold displays as a separate entry. Missing Buy Now Link on Best Sellers When viewing a best sellers list, titles held by the library display with a Details link. Titles not held by the library may appear with a Buy Now or a Recommend to Order link. Since upgrading to GL3.0, the Buy Now link disappeared from the best sellers list at sites that have content enrichment. This has been corrected. e-library to SingleSearch Query After conducting a search in the e-library, if the user clicked Other Resources, the search query was lost. This has been corrected. Search Excludes Item Type When submitting a simple search from the Power Search page, the resulting hit list's search qualifiers did not include the item type. This has been corrected. Cross References Appear as One String Multiple-term searches in Find It Fast and Kids Library can produce different cross references for each search term. Rather than displaying each search term separately with it s own cross references, the e-library displayed the list as one long string. This has been corrected. Wrong Content Types Appear on Hit List When viewing a hit list in the e-library, incorrect content types displayed. In some cases, the content for the next item on the hit list would appear for an item without content. This has been corrected. e-library 159

160 Information on Z3950 Single Item View Not Displaying If an e-library site configured a gateway element to make a Z39.50 connection to another Unicorn library catalog, patrons could search successfully, but could not browse. This has been corrected. Call Number Browse and Internet Explorer When conducting a call number browse in the e-library using Internet Explorer, call numbers containing a backslash would not display a detailed view. This has been corrected. Incorrect Call Number on Hold Placed Page When patrons can place holds on items from various libraries, a call number from the "wrong" library (not the patron's library) may display on the final Hold Placed page. The call number that displays after a hold is placed successfully will be the first call number that has copies that would satisfy the hold. Example: A title held in three libraries (HUNT, MAIN, GREEN) has all copies checked out. The first call number that would satisfy a hold is the HUNT call number, so MAIN patrons who qualified the search by library MAIN see only MAIN call numbers, but the final hold placed page displays a HUNT call number. This has been corrected so that call numbers only display on the Hold Placed page for sites configured to use standard holds. Buttons Not Working During Browse Search When browsing by reserve instructor, if the instructor is linked to multiple courses, or when browsing by course, if a single course is linked to multiple instructors a special list window displays. On this special list window, when the list of instructors or courses was greater than 20, the Next and Previous buttons did not work correctly. This has been corrected. Content Enrichment Missing Information When a title has more than one piece of content, the content source and/or copyright statements only displayed for the first piece of content. Also, when a title's only content was a Choice review, School Library Journal review, Library Journal review, or Booklist review, the A Look Inside tab did not display. These issues have been corrected. 160 e-library

161 Content Enrichment Missing When Using IIS 6.0 Windows sites running IIS 6.0 and using Content Enrichment could not see content because a script file was using the incorrect command. This has been corrected. Error Message for Sites without Content Enrichment Effective with version GL3.0, sites no longer hold a copy of the content enrichment database. Content is now obtained dynamically "on demand." However, sites not configured for content enrichment received the following error message in the web_error log when certain pages attempted to look for the content. cgiopac: ERROR! content.xml.xxxxxx datafile not present! This has been corrected. Error Message Displays When Clicking Link on Best Seller List If the environment variable LIKESEARCHTYPE was set to EXACT, when viewing a Best Seller list in the e-library, if a user displays a single title, and then clicks one of the bibliographic text links, the following error message displays. #DJ not defined This has been corrected. Author and Title and Library Search Fails If a Power Search qualified by title and author and library fails to find any hits in the catalog, the e-library displays a browse list. This browse list contains options to reissue the search in all libraries or in a single library. The reissued search failed even when the search should work. This has been corrected CryptSafe Password When users change their CryptSafe password using the e-library, the password displays in the history logs in the PIN field. This has been corrected so that the password no longer displays in the logs. User ID Did Not Display on Checked-Out Holdings For checked-out items, some sites display patron user IDs on the Item Information tab in the Holdings section of the item record. This feature no longer worked on the RevC pages after the addition of BWI and other e-book features in version GL3.0. This has been corrected. e-library 161

162 Changed Reservation Access and Appearance The call number did not always display for each item on a list of items that could accept a reservation. This has been corrected. Remote ibistro - Error Message During a reboot, when restarting the webstarter process, the following message appeared. cgiopac: Message queue to webstarter is invalid:0 This has been corrected. Cannot Change PIN in e-library Patrons lost the ability to change PINs in the e-library when a change to block the recording of passwords in the log file was implemented. This has been corrected. Change to Relative Font Sizes W3C Web Content Accessibility Guidelines state, "Use relative rather than absolute units in markup language attribute values and style sheet property values." As delivered, ibistro was non-compliant. This has been corrected. Unable to View New Books List After upgrading to GL3.0, an internal server error occurred when trying to view a New Books list. Duplicate Reserve Items Displaying When a patron wanted to reserve an item, and a specific call number had multiple copies, there should only be one call number line displaying. Instead, each copy displayed on a separate line. Go Back Button Not Retaining Library When a patron limits a Browse search to a specific library and presses the Go Back button, the library choice is not retained. This has been corrected. Update ibistro List Content Report Updated Previously, running the Update ibistro List Content (Updibistrolist) report in the character user interface resulted in the following system message. 162 e-library

163 400 URL must be absolute at [path]/unicorn/rptscript/runsubs/ file_manipulate.pm line 235. Retrieving basic ibistro update file: /basic.2001.cpio.z ** FAILED to retrieve the basic update file Now the Update ibistro List Content report runs without system messages. New Renew Item Maximum Previously, the e-library allowed patrons to renew a maximum of 150 items. The maximum has been changed to 250 items. Error Message on Call Number Browse When using RevC, the following error message appeared when a library set variables so that a list of libraries on the Call Number browse page did not display. Please choose a single library for call number browsing. This has been corrected. Hyperion Footer Did Not Display Previously, if your site added a customized footer to display on the Hyperion search page, it did not appear. This has been corrected. Indicator Display Incorrect in Single Item View In the e-library, when viewing a single item unformatted catalog display, indicator 1 values followed by a space appeared as if they were in the indicator 2 position. This has been corrected. Booking Created in e-library Did Not Consider Shipping It was possible for a user to create a booking in the e-library that could not be fulfilled because of shipping time constraints. This has been corrected. UnicornECOLE Corrections Location Field in K12 Power Search Page Can Be Successfully Hidden Previously on the K12 Power Search page, when the Location search qualifier was hidden using the environment variable USE_SOPT_LOCATION 0, the Location field disappeared but the following system message displayed at the bottom of the Power Search. Unexpected end of file, line 413: Missing ENDIF e-library 163

164 Now the Location field can be hidden using the USE_SOPT_LOCATION 0 environment variable. Kept Print Functionality Corrected Previously in ibistro on UnicornECOLE, if Search Results were marked using Kept or Keepers functionality, the patron was unable to select Library as a limiter for print out. The Kept list included a default value of ALL or ALL, HERE. Now, patrons may print out Kept list information based on Library. The following information was added to the file 10.pg. <SIRSI_Conditional IF Environ="QUICKSEARCH_LIBR_OPTIONS^1"> <SIRSI_Assign Variable="LIBRARY_POLTYPES" Lit_Value="SRCL,LIBR"> <SIRSI_Conditional ELSE_IF Environ="QUICKSEARCH_LIBR_OPTIONS^2"> <SIRSI_Assign Variable="LIBRARY_POLTYPES" Lit_Value="SRCL"> <SIRSI_Conditional ELSE> <SIRSI_Assign Variable="LIBRARY_POLTYPES" Lit_Value="LIBR"> </SIRSI_Conditional> 164 e-library

165 EDI General Corrections Cannot See Full Date/Time for Outgoing EDI Transactions In the EDI Manager wizard, the date/time values for outgoing transactions could be truncated. This occurred when the date format contained eight digits. Now, the field size for dates has been expanded to 18 characters in the EDI Manager wizard windows. EDI 165

166 166 EDI

167 Hyperion General Enhancements Corrections Open Archives Initiative (OAI) for Hyperion OAI support in Hyperion means that you have the ability to publish the metadata in Hyperion collections to external OAI-compliant harvesters. Once harvested, the data can be indexed and searched by other entities, published among other archives in a national repository, or reformatted in a manner that enables web crawlers (like Google) to index and search items managed in Hyperion. The new Publish Metadata for OAI report enables staff to select which collections are published via OAI. Only the collections that you want to be exposed through OAI are published via this report. More than one collection can be exposed, so harvesters can selectively harvest all, some, or just one of your collections. When you select a collection to be published, all resources within that collection are published, limited by additional selection criteria available on the OAI Selection tab. Only resources in the collection root level in the hierarchy are available to be published. You can choose one or more or all collections to publish. The TRASHSITE collection is not available for publication. The recommended best practice is to expose only Dublin Core metadata records to OAI harvesters. By only exposing Dublin Core metadata records, you ensure that OAI-harvested collections have a common and consistent element set, thus improving cross-collection indexing, crawling, and searching. Separate Hyperion Staff Client no Longer Needed With the release of Unicorn GL3.1, the functions performed by the Hyperion staff client are now performed in the WorkFlows Java client. A new Hyperion toolbar is available, which includes the Resource Manager wizard. The Resource Manager wizard can be used to create, modify, and delete resources, as well as to import and view images and perform other tassks. The separate Hyperion staff client is no longer distributed. List User Access to Resources Report Includes ibistro/webcat Accesses Previously in Hyperion, the List User Access to Resources (Hyperionaccess) report showed only the accesses from the Hyperion hierarchy. A search from ibistro or WebCat based on the 856 tag resulted in a browse command to Hyperion 167

168 Hyperion to display the search hits and created a logged transaction in the History log, as expected. However, such accesses were excluded from the List User Access to Resources report. Now, the List User Access to Resources report display includes all browse accesses, regardless of the source. Rebuild Content Database Report Now Connects to File Server Previously, the Rebuild Content Database (Rebuildcontent) report sent a system message that it was unable to connect to the file server. This has been corrected. Now the Rebuild Content Database report can connect to the file server with no system message. Port Number Read Correctly for Rebuild Content Database and Add, Update Full Text Content Database Reports Previously, the Rebuild Content Database (Rebuildcontent) and Add, Update Full Text Content Database (Updatecontent) reports were not running correctly because the archive server port number was not being read correctly. Now the port number is read correctly and the Rebuild Content Database and Add, Update Full Text Content Database reports run correctly. 168 Hyperion

169 Materials Booking General Enhancements Corrections WorkFlows Changed to Allow Consecutive Loans and Reservations In the User Profile policies, if the Consecutive Reservation Allowed was not selected, this should have prevented users both from placing consecutive reservations and from making normal loans adjacent to reservations, but this was not the case. Example: A user placed an overnight reservation from 4 p.m. to 10 a.m. The item has a normal loan period of 4 hours. At 1 p.m. on the day in question, the user borrowed the item. The loan is allowed and, since the due date fell within the reservation period, it was extended until 10 a.m. the following day. WorkFlows has been modified so that if an item is charged by a user prior to the start of the user s reservation and its due date falls within the user s reservation, then this is considered a consecutive reservation, and it is allowed or not allowed depending on the setting in the User Profile policy. Booked Items No Longer Produce Error Message When Being Charged If an item was booked, Unicorn would not allow the item to be charged although the booking was not set to begin until after the expected due date of the attempted charge. When the operator attempted to charge the booked item, the following message displayed. Item is booked, cannot be charged The starting and end dates of the booking function was looking at a different item than the one being charged. This has been corrected. Creating Reservations Online No Longer Produces Error 111 Messages When a user attempted to book a reservation online, Unicorn produced several error 111 messages in its error log. Materials Booking 169

170 When a user attempted to create the reservation, Unicorn was checking the availability of the titles that were being reserved. In some cases, error 111 messages could be produced as a result. This has been corrected. Consecutive Reservations Are No Longer Blocked Consecutive reservations were not being blocked although the user profile was set up not to allow them. Example: The User Profile PUBLIC includes Eligible for Reservation: Yes. Consecutive Reservation Allow is not selected. The user has a profile of PUBLIC. Item type BOOK-3X is associated with a Reservation Profile Policy. A reservation was created for this item and user for September 8, 10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. A second reservation is created for the same item and user for September 8 from 12:00 p.m. to 2:00 p.m. No alert displayed and the reservation was saved. The consecutive reservations for the user for fixed time slot reservations were not producing alerts or blocking transactions although the user profile set was up to do so. This has been corrected. Issues Regarding Renewing Items There were three related issues with renewals in the Materials Booking module. Issue 1 Renew Single Item did not work for bookings. When a special due date was set, the booking due date did not change. In the Checkouts tab of the user, there was an indication that a renewal had occurred, including the time of the renewal process, but the original due date still displayed. The system had been configured so that the renew time of a booking was set improperly during the booking period. This has been corrected. Issue 2 Charge database errors were occurring in Display User for users with expired booking. When an item was renewed and the item had originally been charged using the Charge Booking wizard, when the item was subsequently discharged, the following message displayed when the user who last used the item was viewed in the system. Charge database error - unable to process request The renewal transaction was causing the booking to not discharge properly, thus producing the charge database error. This has been corrected. 170 Materials Booking

171 Issue 3 Truncated due date times were incorrectly calculated when a renewal conflicted with another booking. Example: If user 1 had a booking from 13:00 to 14:00 and User 2 had a booking from 15:00 to 16:00, User 1 charged the booking and then after the end period at 14:00, decided to renew the item. When the item was renewed for the regular loan period it was truncated because of the next booking but the truncation time was set at 16:00, the end of the next booking, instead of at 15:00, the beginning of the next booking. The due date was set to the booking end time. This has been changed so that the due date is set to the truncated time, if the time has been truncated. Display Item Booking and Create Item Booking Wizards Display Bookings for All Items Instead of a Single Item When using the Display Item Booking wizard (or the Create Booking Wizard to create a new booking) and searching for a title that produced a list of items, if a copy was chosen that had no bookings and Display Booking and OK was clicked, the calendar displayed booking dates for other items. The booking wizards were configured so that the booking calendar was displaying title-level bookings. The booking wizards has been corrected so that the booking calendar displays the single item that was chosen from the hitlist. Change Fixed Time Slots Verify List Fixed time slots verify lists have been changed to support time slots that span multiple days. The fixed time slots verify list has also been modified to have a more readable display in the first part of the list to make it easier for a user to tell when the time slots begin and end. Error No Longer Produced When Creating Reservations With Fixed Time Slots When attempting to create a reservation that had fixed time slots, if the start date was not equal to the end date and had a non-american date format, Unicorn produced an error message and the reservation would not be created. When displaying the end date, an American date format was used instead of basing the format on the system configuration. This has been corrected. Materials Booking 171

172 Placing Booking Reservations in WorkFlows No Longer Causes Error Messages When a user attempted to create a fixed slot reservation for the current day and the current time was past the default start time set in the properties for the wizard, the reservation attempt would be blocked by the default time. Example: User ID attempted to place a reservation in WorkFlows for a title at 10:30 A.M. The default reservation start time in the Make a Reservation wizard s properties was 10:00. The fixed slots available were 12:00-13:00 & 14:00-16:00. No matter which was selected, the system returned the following error message. Unacceptable booking or reservation time This has been corrected so that the reservation can be created for the next available fixed slot. Reserved Items Are No Longer Being Charged to Another User Previously, a reserved item could be charged to another user during the reservation period. The original reservation was being ignored. There was an issue with the reservation periods overlapping that caused items to be reserved by a second user. Unicorn has been corrected so that it automatically checks for overlapping reservations and prevents simultaneous reservations from occurring. Group Booking Error Messages Have Been Updated CAUTION: Any library that has the Booking module and does group bookings must run the Rebuildtext report after the GL3.1 upgrade or the book grouping feature will not work. In the Bookings module, Unicorn was producing incorrect error messages when a user attempted to place group bookings. Example A user wants to book a meeting room. In Library 1, this type of request is considered a group booking. Library 1 has a Media Desk policy named Main and a Booking Profile named ROOM for the meeting room, which is a group booking profile. ROOM requires 4 chairs and 1 VCR. If Library 1 has 4 chairs, and 3 of the chairs catalog records have MAIN in the Media Desk field, but 1 chair has that field blank, the following message displays when you try to do the group booking. Too few items contain media desk - item types(s)chair If the CHAIR item type has ROOM in the Booking Profile filed of its item type record, but Library only has two chairs instead of the required four chairs, this message displays. Too few qualified item types(s)chair 172 Materials Booking

173 If the CHAIR item type has ROOM in the Booking Profile field of its item type record, and all 4 of your chairs have MAIN in the Media Desk field, but one chair is checked out to the repair shop, the following message will display. Cannot find enough resources When these messages display, the booking process would terminate. In group booking, Unicorn did not prompt the user for Media Desk if Media Desk was missing from the item record. This has been corrected. Charge Booking Wizard Corrections Incorrect Error Message Has Been Changed in Booking Module When attempting to charge an item in the Booking module that has already been charged, Unicorn produced an incorrect error message that did not reflect the situation of charging a second booking to an item already booked. Example: 1. In the Booking module, the Charge Booking wizard was used to charge a booked item. 2.On the following day, a second booking was created for the same item and another user. 3. When the Charge Booking wizard was used to look up the yet-to-be charged second booking by User ID, the following message displayed. The command cannot continue because: Booking has been expired: cannot be charged. The message has been changed to the following to accurately reflect this situation. Material is currently charged This message has been changed to more accurately reflect the situation with the Charge Booking wizard. Create Booking Wizard Corrections Booked Dates Displaying for Wrong Copy When a site had several bookable copies of a particular title and tried to create a booking for one of the titles, the booking was created for that title. However, if another booking was created on a different copy of the same book, the calendar showed available booking dates for the first copy. Materials Booking 173

174 The title level booking feature caused the Create Booking wizard to display booking dates for the wrong copy when a booking was being created. This has been corrected. Existing Bookings not Showing when Making Another Booking for the Same Item After creating a booking with the Create Booking wizard, when clicking the Make Another Booking for Same Item Different User button, and booking a second item, the calendar display did not show any existing bookings. The Create Booking wizard was configured in such a way that no red dates would display on any subsequent booking calendar whether the booking was for the same title or a different title. This has been corrected. Wizard No Longer Produces Search Errors When clicking the User Lost Card helper, when Search was selected and search criteria was entered, the following error message displayed. Radio button values are incorrect If Current was selected the following error message displayed. You must supply lookup information The User Lost Card helper was using the user lookup criteria from a previous version of Unicorn. This caused the helper to not produce search criteria. This has been corrected. User Lost Card Helper is Working Correctly in Create Booking Wizard The User Lost Card helper in the Create Booking wizard produced an error message when a user search was attempted. When clicking the helper, if user search was selected and some search criteria was entered, the following message displayed. Radio button values are incorrect. If Current was selected, this message displayed. You must supply lookup information The user search function on the Create Booking wizard was configured incorrectly. It was been corrected so that the user search is working properly. 174 Materials Booking

175 Create Booking Wizard No Longer Creates Error Message When Using Lookup User Function When using the Create Booking wizard and looking up a user, if the user selected for creating a booking had a user profile which did not allow bookings, the following messages displayed. User cannot create booking pop-up alert followed by This is an empty screen used for internal/hidden states If the user selected for Create a Booking had a user profile which did not allow bookings, the wizard displayed an empty screen after returning to the user lookup screen. This has been corrected. Materials Booking 175

176 176 Materials Booking

177 Outreach General Enhancements Outreach Services Have Been Added to WorkFlows Java Client The suite of Outreach Services wizards has been added to the WorkFlows Java client. These wizards are used to assist Library staff in identifying and distributing library materials to patrons who cannot come to the library. An outreach tab and properties to control the display of the outreach tab have been added to the Display User wizard. The WorkFlows Java client outreach toolbar includes the following wizards: Search Interest The Search Interest wizard uses the interest profiles to suggest materials that will be sent in the next delivery cycle. The user must be identified, and in multi library systems a search library must be specified. After an interest profile is built in the user record, the library can then select library materials of interest to that user interactively with the Search Interest wizard. Outreach Information Group Wizards These wizards are used to display, create, modify and remove outreach information for specified users. Outreach Interest Information and Maintenance Group Wizards These wizards are used to display, create, modify, and remove outreach interest information. An enhancement has been made to the list of indexes available for selection when an interest is being created or modified. Previously, a lengthy verify list including every indexed MARC bibliographic entry was available for selection. Now, the list of indexes matches the list available in item search and display. This simplified list is easier to navigate. Outreach History Information and Maintenance Group Wizards These wizards are used to display, create, modify and remove outreach histories. Outreach Template Information and Maintenance Group Wizard s These wizards are used to display, create, modify, and remove interest profile templates for outreach users. Outreach 177

178 Corrections In the WorkFlows Java client, properties can be used to specify the user record to be associated with templates. This new configuration option enables multiple libraries to have separate templates. In contrast, in the WorkFlows C client, all templates are associated with a user with the ID OUTREACH, and are shared throughout the system. Register New User Helper is Working Correctly in Outreach Wizards In the Outreach wizards, when entering a new user using the Register New User helper, after entering the User ID and clicking OK and then clicking Cancel on the resulting window, the following message displayed. Variable state cannot be resolved by its name After clicking OK and going back to the Enter Information window, the next step buttons did not display and the operator had to click the X to close the window. This occurred on the Create Outreach Information wizard and the Create Interest wizard. The Register New User helper in the Outreach wizards did not function properly when the Cancel command was used. This has been corrected. Modifying Patron s Search Interest Now Works with Language Qualifier When modifying a patron s search interest, if the language qualifier was deleted, the following message displayed. TEXT- Database Error - Unable to Process Request This happened when attempting to modify the search interest either for a user or an item. Example 1: 1. Modify FOOD interest for user DIESELORCH and delete language qualifier ENGLISH. 2. In the dialog box that displays, select Modify Another Interest. An error message displays. TEXT- Database Error - Unable to Process Request 3. If the same interest is modified again, it shows no language qualifier. The Unicorn client was not clearing the search interest data from the current work space or carrying over user language data from other interests in the same lists. This has been corrected. 178 Outreach

179 Outreach Interests is Saved to User Records Instead of Outreach Templates When creating interests for a patron via Outreach templates, the new interest was not added to the patron s record, but a duplicate interest displayed in the list of Outreach templates. When selecting to create a patron s interest from existing Outreach templates, the display of the templates is actually the display of the Outreach user interests. When that happened, the wizard lost the actual patron User ID. This has been corrected. Create Outreach Information Wizard Corrections Property Defaults Corrected in Create Outreach Information Wizard On the Properties screen of the Create Outreach Information wizard, a number for Total Items Requested is chosen and the property defaults are saved. However, when a user is registered for Outreach, the Total Items Requested field shows REQ instead of the number chosen on the properties page. The Create Outreach Information property value for total items requested had the wrong name. This has been corrected. Outreach 179

180 180 Outreach

181 Pocket Circ General Enhancements Licensing Mechanism Added to PocketCirc When PocketCirc is used, a license key must be purchased from SirsiDynix. PocketCirc validates the license key entered by the customer as follows. 1) If a new user accesses PocketCirc, the software checks to see whether registration information is available. 2) If registration information is not available, the Registration window displays. The user is prompted to enter the four-letter site code, a user name, and the twenty-four Character hexadecimal license key. 3) If the generated license key matches what the customer has entered in the license key field, PocketCirc is displayed for use. Valid license keys are saved, and the next time PocketCirc is turned on, the Registration window does not appear. OR 4) If the entered license key does not match the generated key, the Registration window displays, allowing the user to either correct data entered in error or to select Cancel to exit the application. Note: Sites that have already purchased PocketCirc and want to upgrade to GL3.1 should contact Client Care to get the appropriate license key. Pre/Postamble Byte Sequences Now Configurable in PocketCirc Preamble and Postamble byte sequences are now configurable in PocketCirc. Do the following to configure barcode pre/postambles. 1) Select Setup. 2) Select the Barcode tab. 3) Enter the Preamble and Postamble settings as required. 4) Select OK to save your changes and return to the main window. Pocket Circ 181

182 Once the pre/postamble have been set, PocketCirc will attempt to detect the pre/postamble sequences in any Item ID or User ID field so that it can determine whether an item ID or user ID is typed or scanned in. When an item ID or user ID is scanned in, PocketCirc applies any barcode policies that apply to the read length. When PocketCirc is run in offline mode with Bulk Inventory turned on, PocketCirc saves the barcode scanned into the <LIBR>.scan file without processing the barcode policies. Unnecessary Record Updated Dialog Removed Previously in PocketCirc, when Item Inventory and Item Use were operated in online mode, the Record Updated dialog appeared after each scanned barcode. Each time the dialog appeared, it had to be acknowledged before the next barcode could be scanned. Now when Item Inventory and Item Use are operated in online mode, the Record Updated dialog no longer displays. User Searching Added for Checkout, User Registration, and User Modification PocketCirc has been enhanced with the User Search option in the Charge Item, Create User, and Modify User forms. If the user ID is not available or cannot be scanned, the user can select Search to display the User Search window to search for a user record. The user can specify a search term, a search index, the search library, and type of search (keyword search or browse search). If more than one user record matches the search text, the user can select a specific user record. The User Search function can be used in the Create User form to verify that the user record does not already exist. The search indexes that can be selected for the user search are determined by the User Search Fields policy configured on the Unicorn server. Note: User Search is available only in PocketCirc s online mode. Note: When a Browse search is selected, the search index is set to Name automatically and cannot be changed. Ability to Check an Item s Status Added to PocketCirc The Check Item Status function has been added to the Items tab in PocketCirc. When the user enters or scans an item ID in the Item Status window, the item's title, call number, item ID, and current status display. The Status text varies according to the item status, and may suggest an action for the item. Suggested actions include making a hold available for an item to be picked up at the station library, placing an item in transit to its owning library or its hold pickup library, and receiving an item from transit for reshelving at the station library. Note: Check Item Status is available only in PocketCirc s online mode. 182 Pocket Circ

183 Item Status Messages Added to PocketCirc s Item Use and Inventory In PocketCirc s online mode, if an inventoried item has a special current status (charged, lost, on hold, or in transit), a dialog box displays with the title, item ID, call number, and status. The user must select OK to close the dialog box before continuing to take inventory or mark items as used. If an item has more than one special current status, the dialog box contains information for each special status. Note: The item status messages display in PocketCirc s online mode. The messages do not display when PocketCirc s offline mode is used for inventory and to record item use. Corrections Files Download to PocketCirc Device When Connecting in Online Mode with an IP Address or Domain Name When an IP address was specified in the IP Address field on the Server tab of the Options form in PocketCirc, the user status list file (delinq) and the date and time file (dumpdate) would not download from the server to the PocketCirc device. Although PocketCirc could connect to the server using an IP address or a domain name, the download function would create a connection for the download only with a domain name. PocketCirc has been changed to detect whether a domain name or an IP address is entered in the IP Address field. If an IP address is entered, PocketCirc s download function tries to resolve the address to the correct domain name. Once the download function has the domain name, the delinq and dumpdate files will be downloaded from the server to the PocketCirc device. Processed Item Information Added to the Beginning of Item Lists in PocketCirc Displays Previously, when PocketCirc was used to check out items, check in items, renew items, inventory items, and mark items as used, the processed item information was added to the end of the item list in the display. Users would have to scroll repeatedly in the item list to see information for the most recent item processed. PocketCirc has been changed to add the most recently-processed item to the beginning of the item list in the display for Charge Item, Discharge Item, Renew Item, Inventory, and Item Use. PIN Field No Longer Automatically Populated When a login name was selected in the User ID field on PocketCirc s Login form, the PIN field was automatically populated with the characters of the user ID. PocketCirc has been changed to not populate the PIN field with any text automatically when a user ID is selected in the User ID field on the Login form. Pocket Circ 183

184 Note: When the SIRSI user ID is selected, if the PIN is CORP, the PIN field is still filled in automatically with the CORP password. If the SIRSI login password has been changed to anything other than CORP, the entire PIN field is selected so the user can start entering the correct PIN. 184 Pocket Circ

185 Reports General Enhancements Ability to Output Report Results in Pipe-Delimited Format Certain circulation notices and statistics reports include a new output option which allows users to output report results to a pipe-delimited file. This pipe-delimited file can be opened using a third-party application, such as a spreadsheet application. In the WorkFlows Java client, on the Output Format tab, the user selects the Generate Pipe Delimited Output check box and report results will output to a pipe-delimited file. If the check box is cleared, report results will print as usual, in a text format. In the WorkFlows C client, this option displays on the Output Options tab. The pipe-delimited report results will appear in the /Unicorn/Rptprint directory with the naming convention yyyymmdd_partialrptname.pipe, such as _afoh.pipe. The report log lists the pipe-delimited report file name. A helper has been added to the finished report list to allow the pipe delimited files to be viewed and ed from the client. The following is a partial list of reports that now include this option. Other reports will be added in a future version of Unicorn. Circulation Mailer Expire Available Holds Final Bill Notice Hold Overdue Notices List Titles Used/Unused Notice for Cancelled Holds Recall For Reserve Notices Create Circulation Notices in Batch Expire Holds Generalized Bill Notices Hold Pickup Notices New Overdue Notices Overdue Notice Reserve Overdue Notices Transaction Statistics Ability to Run One Report and Produce Files for Multiple Libraries for Major Statistical Reports and Notices Major statistical reports and notices now support the ability to run one report and produce output files for multiple libraries. This time-saving feature eliminates the need to have multiple runs of frequently-used reports to produce statistics and notices for multilibrary systems. Reports 185

186 Selected reports display the Print Separate Reports for Each Library option. If you select this option, when a report is run, the results will be sorted by library. A page break will separate the list of items for each library, so each list can be sent to its specific library. The following reports include this option. Assumed Lost Clean Holds Shelf Current Users Statistics Expire Available Holds Expire Holds Generalized Bill Notices Hold Overdue Notices Hold Pickup Notices Item Statistics List Onshelf Items with Holds New Overdue Notices Notice for Canceled Holds Overdue Notice Recall Notice On Charged Items Transaction Statistics After a report is run, the main report will appear in the finished reports list but will contain only the report log. Then, separate Report Name:[LIBRARY] reports appear for each library in the finished reports list. Each separate report contains the library name in the report title. Additionally, the report creates a separate pipe-delimited file per library and places it in the /Unicorn/Rptprint directory with the naming convention of yyyymmdd_library_rptid.pipe. Since you may run this report many times in a day, these file names are noted in the report log to make it easier for you to locate them. After selecting the Print Separate Reports for Each Library option, you will need to reschedule the report so the next run of the report will use the new option setting. By default, this option is not selected. Note: You cannot use this option with the Combine Notices option in the noticetype reports, such as Overdue Notice. When Unicorn is configured to notices automatically, it is not necessary to select the Print Separate Reports for Each Library option in a report, since the libraries will receive their lists by Reports

187 Reports Can Select Transactions Performed by Specified Interfaces Reports that select transaction statistics have been enhanced with the Interface selection option. The Interface selection option can be used to make a report select only those transactions that were performed using a particular interface. Transactions made with one or more of the following interfaces can be selected using the Interface option. 3M Server InfoVIEW NCIP Online Catalog SIP2 SVA WebCat WorkFlows Print Separate Files Per Library Option is Disabled When Combine Notices Option is Checked The Notices reports have two options: Combine Notice and Print Separate Files per Library which were conflicting with each other. If the Combine Notice option was checked, there would not be separate notices per library. These reports have been changed so that when the Combine Notices option is checked, the Print Separate Files per Library option becomes disabled. Also, when Print Separate Files per Library is checked, then Combine Notices is disabled. Item Selection and User Selection Improved When Selecting by Extended Information Field Data When scheduling a report, if the report was selecting item records or user records with extended information fields, and if the Not Equals qualifier in the VED List gadget was applied, records with blank extended information fields would qualify as a match and would be listed in the report results. Now, library staff can control whether or not to allow matching on a blank extended information field when using the VED List gadget s Not Equals qualifier. A new check box, Blank Field Matches With Not Equals Qualifier, appears on the Item Selection tab and User Selection tab in reports that allow item selections and/or user selections. If the Blank Field Matches Not Equals Qualifier check box is selected, records in which the extended information fields are blank are not included. If this check box is cleared, records in which the extended information fields are blank will be included. Reports 187

188 New Gadget Added to Report Wizards A new gadget has been added to report wizards that allows the user to select transactions based on which interface made a request. Corrections Report Wizard Property Controls Access to Notices Helper The Schedule New Reports wizard and Scheduled Reports wizard now include a wizard property to control access to the Notices helper. If the Display Notices Helper check box is selected in the wizard properties, the Notices helper will display in the report window when a notice report is being created, modified, or scheduled. If the Display Notices Helper check box is cleared, the Notices helper does not display when notice report is scheduled, and users will not be able to edit notice text. By default, the check box in the wizard properties is cleared. Report Status Screen Displays Correct Date and Time When clicking the Report Status helper, the date that displayed was not the date and time the report started to run. Instead it displayed the time the report was scheduled to run. The Report Status helper was changed to reflect the date and time a report starts running. Various Circulation Reports are Now Running Correctly Generalized Bill Notices, Overdue Notices, New Overdue Notices, and Hold Pickup Notices reports, the reports would not go to the finished list if these reports were configured to combine notices. The following message would display. sh:0/s/sirsi/unicorn/notices/overdue: cannot create This has been corrected. Override Field Expanded to 14 Characters Previously, when scheduling a passworded report, the password override field was limited to 10 characters. Some user overrides exceeded 10 characters. Now, the password override field has been expanded to 14 characters. 188 Reports

189 Printing Separate Reports per Library Corrected Previously, if a user selected the Print Separate Reports per Library option, not all of the individual library reports appeared in the finished reports list. This has been corrected. Additionally, the report log will now display the report file names and the directory these files were written to. Reports Could Not Be Scheduled when Policy Descriptions Contained Commas In the WorkFlows Java client, if a user changed a policy description to contain a comma, such as Adults only, no kids for a home location, the user was then unable to select on that policy in any reports. This occurred on a system configured to display policy descriptions rather than policy names. This has been corrected. Policy names can contain commas and other punctuation, but this will not interfere with scheduling reports. Scheduled Reports No Longer Change Owners After Being Modified When a scheduled report was scheduled to run as non-admin login, and the user was logged in as ADMIN and tried to modify and reschedule the report, the ownership of the report changed to ADMIN. When a scheduled report was modified, the report was created and the original report was removed. The newly created report was renamed to the originally scheduled report, so it lost the settings of the original report. This has been corrected so that the ownership of the report no longer defaults to ADMIN. Date Filters Have Been Corrected in Schedule New Reports and Display Scheduled Reports The date filters were not working correctly when using the Schedule New Reports and Display Scheduled Reports wizards. Each wizard included both Date Created and Next Run Date when filtered by today's date. Example: The users CIRC, TECH and ADMIN all created template reports today, 5/30/2006 (a total of 4 templates). The TECH user's template is also scheduled to run today, as are 2 reports for SIRSI (total of 3 to run today). If Schedule New Reports is filtered by today's date, all 7 reports are listed (those created today and those scheduled to run today). The date filters have been corrected so that reports scheduled to run are listed on the correct date. Reports 189

190 Spine Label Printing is No Longer Surrounded by Boxes and Lines When the Print Preview or Print Label helpers were used and Print was selected, the resulting label that was printed showed the lines and boxes around the label margins that displayed in Print Preview. The Spine Label printing feature has been corrected. Hours and Minutes in Report Pipe Delimited Files Are Showing Correct Time When creating pipe files, the date created in the helper displayed a different date than the date on the server. This has been corrected. Unable to Use Report Password with Upper and Lower Case Letters Previously, if a user typed a report password with upper and lower case letters, WorkFlows would deny access to the report, even though the password as typed was correct. WorkFlows was converting all letters in the password field to lower case before checking access permissions. This has been corrected. Report Run Date and Time Either Prompted or Adjusted for Reports Scheduled During a Daylight Savings Time Change If a report was scheduled to run at a time when Daylight Savings Time starts, the report schedule would be changed to run the report on 12/31/1969 at 17:59, and the report would never run. Example In the United States, if a report was scheduled to run between 02:00 and 02:59 on the day Daylight Savings Time starts, the report s scheduled run date and time would be changed to 12/31/1969 at 17:59. The report scheduling has been corrected so that if a report is scheduled to run when Daylight Savings Time starts, one of the following actions will occur, depending on the Unicorn platform being used. For Unicorn on Windows Servers and Unicorn on Unix servers using Oracle databases, the report time is changed automatically to run before Daylight Savings Time starts. In the United States example, if the report is scheduled to run between 02:00 and 02:59 on the day Daylight Savings Time starts, the run time is changed to run the report between 01:00 and 01:59 that day. For Unicorn on Unix Servers not using Oracle databases, the following message will display, and the user will be prompted to select a different time and/or date. Invalid date 190 Reports

191 Currency Amounts in Reports Sort Correctly Based on Decimal Pointer In reports that include currency amounts in the report output, the amounts would not sort correctly according to the specified sort order if the decimal pointer was a comma instead of a period (full stop). Reports that include currency amounts in the report output will now recognize the proper decimal pointer character for the default currency when sorting the amounts by the specified sort order. Report Log Displays Specified Time For Selecting Transactions In reports that can be configured to select transactions by date and time, the report would correctly select the transactions, but the report log incorrectly displayed the selection time as 11:59 PM or 23:59. Example If the user set up a report to select transactions that were performed on or before June 16, 2006 at 2:00 PM, the report log would incorrectly state that transactions that were performed on or before June 16, 2006 at 11:59 PM were selected for the report. The report log for reports that can select transactions has been changed to show that transactions are selected based on the specified date and time. Report Selections in the Policy List Gadget Sort Correctly for the Local Language In the Policy List gadget used in various report selection fields, the list of selections was not sorting according to the language selected for the locale. The sorting for the Policy List gadget has been changed to sort the list of selections correctly for the local language. Reports Unable to Load Records in SirsiDynix Flat Format on Unicode Systems On a Unicorn for Unicode system, users were unable to load files of flat-formatted bibliographic records using the bibliographic load reports: Load Bibliographic Records, Load Bibs with Order Info, Load Bibs for Selection, and Load Bibs with Selections and Decisions. These reports worked only with MARC records on Unicode systems. This has been corrected. Important Note: On Unicode systems, if SirsiDynix flat format records are provided for loading, these records must be encoded UTF8. Also the encoding scheme code in the.000. entry of each flat record (the 8th position of 000 a) must have the value a as in the following example. Example:.000. aami 0c a Reports 191

192 Finished Reports Wizard Enhancements Fixed Format Manager Helper Views, s, and Removes Pipe- Delimited Files Generated by Reports The Fixed Format Manager helper has been added to the Finished Reports wizard. This helper can be used to do the following. Display the contents of a pipe-delimited file generated by a report in a separate window. the pipe-delimited file to one or more addresses. Remove (permanently delete) pipe-delimited files in the /Unicorn/Rptprint directory. The files listed in the helper window are generated by reports that can create pipe-delimited files. These pipe-delimited files reside in the /Unicorn/Rptprint directory. The viewed or ed files can be used in other applications that accept pipe-delimited output. Note: The Fixed Format Manager helper is only available with notice and statistic reports that create pipe-delimited files. The following reports display this helper. Assumed Lost Circulation Mailer Current User Statistics Expire Holds Expire Available Holds Generalized Bill Notices Hold Overdue Notices Hold Pickup Notices Item Statistics New Overdue Notices Notice for Cancelled Holds Overdue Notice Recall Notice on Charged Items Transaction Statistics 192 Reports

193 Corrections Host Timeout Attribute Can Be Used As the Timeout Value for Displaying Large Finished Reports When the user tried to view a large finished report, the WorkFlows Client for the Java Platform would take approximately 60 seconds to display the following message. $(9327) Sometimes a message similar to the following displayed in an error log file. cat: cannot open filename.prn The WorkFlows Client for the Java Platform has been changed to use the Host Timeout attribute in the Environment Policy wizard as the timeout value for displaying a large report. If users have difficulty displaying large finished reports, increase the value in the Host Timeout attribute. The attribute accepts values from 0 to 500 seconds. Report Wizards Now Save the Report Position in the List of Reports After a report was run and the operator looked for the report on the finished report list, the last report that ran did not display at the top of the report list. Instead it was at the bottom of the list and the operator had to scroll down to the bottom of the list to display it. The Finished Reports wizard has been corrected so that when a report is run, it displays at the top of the finished reports list. Remove Reports List Sorts by Completion Date In the Finished Reports wizard, selecting the Remove button displays the list of reports with a check box to the left of each report name for the user to select which reports to remove. The check box column was forcing the report list to be sorted by the Status column instead of the report completion date and time. If users were trying to delete reports that finished with an ERROR status, these reports were often sorted to the bottom of the list of reports that can be removed. If the report list was long, the user often could not find the reports with the ERROR status. The Finished Reports wizard has been changed so that when the Remove button is selected, the list of reports that are eligible to be removed is sorted by report completion date. Reports 193

194 Schedule New Reports Wizard Enhancements New Property for Controlling Display of Notices Helper The Schedule New Reports wizard now has wizard properties, specifically a Helpers property that allows users to control whether or not the Notices helper will display when scheduling notice reports. To display this helper, in the Set Properties window, select the Display Notices Helper check box. To suppress the display of this helper, clear the check box. Note: If the Reports toolbar has been customized, in order to activate the new Display Notices Helper wizard property, the user must remove the customized toolbar, then customize it again when upgrading to Version GL3.1. Corrections Unable to Send Notices Automatically Previously in the WorkFlows Java client, notices were not sent automatically even though the user had selected Auto to Recipients with Addresses in Their Patron Record in the Schedule window. This has been corrected. Unable to Report Results on Windows Servers On Unicorn for Windows Servers systems, if a user selected to auto- reports, sometimes the wrong report files were sent. Example: For instance, if the user selected to only report results, the log was sent instead. This has been corrected. Date Filter for Scheduling New Reports Corrected In the Schedule New Reports wizard, when a user selected a Date Created filter for displaying template reports, the wizard would list all reports that were either created or scheduled to run on the specified date. It should only list the reports created on the specified date. This has been corrected. 194 Reports

195 Scheduled Reports Wizards Enhancements New Suspend Reports Feature In the WorkFlows C client it was possible to suspend scheduled reports in the Scheduled Reports wizard. Now, this feature has been added to the WorkFlows Java client Scheduled Reports wizard. To suspend reports, do the following. 1) In the Scheduled Report wizard, click the new Suspend button. 2) In the Suspend Report window, select the check boxes next to the reports to suspend, or click the Select All button to select all reports. Click Clear All to clear all selections and make new selections. 3) Click Suspend. 4) A wizard dialog box confirms suspending the first selected report. Click Yes to suspend, and the dialog box will prompt for the next selected report. If multiple reports are selected, clicking Yes to All will suspend all selected reports without further prompting. 5) Once a report is suspended, it will remain in the scheduled reports list, but will appear in bold type. To unsuspend a report, do the following. 1) In the Scheduled Reports wizard, select the suspended report, and click Advanced. 2) In the Manage Scheduled Reports window, information about the report displays. Click Unsuspend. 3) Indicate the next start date, click OK, and the suspension is removed. 4) The report will now appear in the scheduled reports list in plain type, and will resume its regular schedule, beginning with the specified date. New Property for Controlling Display of Notices Helper The Scheduled Reports wizard now has wizard properties, specifically a Helpers property that allows users to control whether or not the Notices helper will display when scheduling notice reports. To display this helper, in the Set Properties window, select the Display Notices Helper check box. To suppress the display of this helper, clear the check box. Note: If the Reports toolbar has been customized, in order to activate the new Display Notices Helper wizard property, the user must remove the customized toolbar, then customize it again when upgrading to Version GL3.1. Reports 195

196 Corrections ing Pull On Shelf Hold Report Function Has Been Changed Previously, the only way to get the Pull on Shelf Hold (Pullonshelfhld) report ed to a library s address was if the library s policy name matched the User ID. When the Print Separate Report Per Library option was checked on the Pull on Shelf Hold report, the report failed to go to the library s address. The report has been changed so that in order to , the library policy name and the User ID does not have to match. Date Filter for Scheduled Reports Corrected In the Scheduled Reports wizard, when a user selected a Next Run Date filter for displaying scheduled reports, the wizard would list all reports that were either created or scheduled to run on the specified date. It should only list the reports scheduled to run. This has been corrected. Modifying Notice Reports No Longer Loses Filtered User Display When using the Display Scheduled Report wizard and filtering Notice reports by owner, after modifying a report and returning to the report list, the report list was no longer filtered. A list of unfiltered reports was displayed rather than report filtered by owner. Example: Mary suspended 111 notice reports. She then added an address to the reports to send them to the libraries they are from, which is 37 libraries with 3 reports each. Mary then went to the scheduled reports and filtered them by the owner of REPORTS. She then edited one of the reports. When she went back to the list of scheduled reports, they were no longer filtered. When the operator edited a report and then returned to the list of filtered reports, the datacode has cleared the list which made it go back to an unfiltered list. This has been corrected. Accountability Group Reports Corrections Unable to Run Remove Items by Purge Date Report The Remove Items by Purge Date report was previously enhanced to include the new item extended information fields. However, in the WorkFlows C client, the report could not run, since some programs had set the obsolete Comments fields as required fields. This has been corrected. 196 Reports

197 Acquisitions Group Reports Enhancements Vendor Holding Code Table Options Added to Book X12 Orders Report The Book X12 Orders report now includes vendor holding code table options which allow users to map Unicorn holding code values (item type, location, library) to vendor holding code values. This is necessary when the Unicorn holding code values, which can be up to 10 characters in length, are too long for the vendor to deal with. The following options now appear on the Output Options tab. Output Holding Code Info The Output Holding Code Info check box determines whether or not holding code information from the purchase order is sent by EDI to a vendor. If this check box is selected, holding code information is sent via EDI for each purchase order listed in the report. If check box is cleared, holding code information is not sent. By default, this check box is cleared. If this option is selected, the Unicorn Holding Code Table and Vendor Holding Code Table options become available. Unicorn Holding Code Table The Unicorn Holding Code Table check box determines whether the orderline elements will be set according to Unicorn holding code values. The holding code in the orderline is matched against the table, and if a match is found, the elements are set. If the holding code in the orderline matches more than one table line, the first line in the table that matches is used. If there is no match, an error is reported, but orderline elements are set based on the policy information in the orderline. If this option is selected, the Vendor Holding Code Table and Use Which Table options are unavailable. Use Which Table If the Vendor Holding Code table check box is selected, this text box becomes available. Select a holding code table from the drop-down list. The tables presented for selection are created using the Holding Code Table for EDI wizard on the Utility toolbar. Vendor Holding Code Table The Vendor Holding Code Table check box determines whether the orderline elements will be set according to vendor holding code table values. When this option is selected, the Use Which Table option becomes available. Select a vendor holding code table from the dropdown list. The holding code in the orderline is matched against the selected table, and if a match is found, the elements are set. If the holding code in the orderline matches more than one table line, the first line in the table that matches is used. If there is no match, an error is reported, but orderline elements are set based on the policy information in the orderline. Note: For more information about the Hold Code Table for EDI wizard, refer to New Holding Code Table for EDI Utility Wizard in the Utilities section. Reports 197

198 Corrections Default Values for Book X12 Orders Report The Book X12 Orders (Bookorderx12) report now contains default values for the Date Mailed and Count as Notice Sent fields. These defaults were added to prevent users from sending duplicate EDI purchase orders. The Date Mailed value is set to NEVER, and by default, the Count as Notice Sent option is selected. In WorkFlows Java client Book X12 Orders report, Date Mailed displays on the Order Selection tab, and Count as Notice Sent displays on the Output Options tab. In the WorkFlows C client report, Date Mailed displays on the Selection Criteria tab, and Count as Notice Sent displays on the Output Options tab. Purchase Order Reports Now Convert 10-digit ISBNs to 13 Digits Purchase orders and cancellation notice reports now convert 10-digit ISBNs to 13 digits, and print this enhanced ISBN to report output. When a 10-digit ISBN is substituted, the report prints the following warning. A 13-digit ISBN has been substituted for the 10-digit orderline ISBN XXXXXXXXXX Order ID: XXXXXXXXXX Line Number: XXXX Fiscal Cycle: XXXX This enhancement was added to the following reports. Print Cancellation Notices (Cancelntc) Print Purchase Orders (Prtorders) Print Ready Purchase Orders (Prtpo) Print Specific Purchase Orders (Disppo) Amount Split Funded Orderlines Roll Over Incorrectly When a user ran the Rollover Dated Orders report, orderlines with amount-split funding that had been invoiced and/or paid did not roll over with the correct balance amounts. In the new orderline, the total amount funded was assigned to the final funding (REST), and all other funding amounts were set to zero. This was not the funding calculation the user expected. The method for calculating the rollover amounts for invoiced and/or paid orderlines with amount-split funding segments has been improved. Now, the previous funding s amount encumbered, amount invoiced, and total amount paid are added together to calculate the amount for the new funding s amount encumbered. Book X12 Invoices Report Applying Tax from Wrong Fund Previously, when running the Book X12 Invoices report, the report was taking tax amounts from the wrong funds. Previous changes to the report program had caused problems with linking invoice lines to orderlines and funds. This has been corrected. 198 Reports

199 Title Costs Analysis Report Total Output Incorrect When the Title Costs Analysis report was run, if a user selected either Total Cost option on the Computation/Title Format tab in the WorkFlows Java client (or the Output Options tab in the WorkFlows C client), the report always output the corresponding Average Cost option. This has been corrected. Title Cost by Library/Fund Report Not Printing Last Call Number/ Title/Author Correctly Previously, the last item in the Title Cost by Library/Fund report was not printing correctly. The report printed the call number/title from first item in the list and placed it with the last item call number totals. This has been corrected. Duplicate Title/Item Information Printing in List Titles for Order Lines Report Previously, when running the List Titles for Order Lines report, if a user selected either the Catalog Shelflist or Call Number Shelflist print output option, title/item information would print twice for each orderline linked to the title. This has been corrected. List Invoices, Lines Report Displaying Wrong Total Amount Paid Option In the List Invoices, Lines (Invlinelist) report, if the Total Amount Paid option value under Invoice Selection was set to < >0.00 (meaning not equal to 0.00 ), the report appeared to run correctly. But, when the user displayed the report again, the Total Amount Paid appeared as < This has been corrected. Acquisitions Load Group Reports Enhancements New Reports for Creating Selection Lists in Batch Three new reports have been created to process a file of bibliographic records that will create bibliographic records as needed, create a selection list, and for each title a selection list record, and optionally create decision records for each list line. Decision fundings and distributions defaults can be created from a specified order map, or can be carried in from the incoming bibliographic record. The following reports have been added to the Acquisition Load group of reports. Reports 199

200 Load Bibs for Selection Load Bibs with Selections and Decisions Load Flat Selection Records Load Bibs for Selection Report The Load Bibs for Selection (Selectbib) report is used to load minimal bibliographic records and create selection records based on default selections made in the report and order map selections. Users can download files of bibliographic records from vendor Web sites, or create their own files of vanilla MARC records. Files are uploaded to the server using the new MARC Selection Import Utility wizard. When this report is run bibliographic files are loaded to the server and a file of flat ASCII selection records is created. A user then runs the Load Flat Selection Records report to create the selection lists with list line and default decision values, if desired. Additionally, bibliographic records containing unit price and extended information can create this information for the selection list records. Users can modify the selection lists and create decisions using the wizards on the Selection List toolbar. Orders can be created from these lists using the Order From Selection List wizard. Load Bibs with Selections and Decisions Report The Load Bibs with Selections and Decisions (Selectbibemb) report is used to load bibliographic records with embedded selection list information. The report will create bibliographic records, a selection list, a list line for each record, and optionally, decision records for each list line. Decision funding and distribution defaults can come from a specified Order Map policy or can be carried over from the incoming bibliographic records that contain information in the 9XX fields. Additionally, bibliographic records containing unit price and extended information can create this information for the selection list records. Files are uploaded to the server using the new MARC Selection Import Utility wizard. When this report is run bibliographic files are loaded to the server and a file of flat ASCII selection records is created. A user then runs the Load Flat Selection Records report to create the selection lists, list lines, and decisions, along with funding/ distribution information. Orders can be created from these lists using the Order From Selection List wizard. Load Flat Selection Records Report The Load Flat Selection Records (Selection load) report loads the flat ASCII selection list records created by the Load Bibs for Selection and Load Bibs with Selections and Decisions reports. This report can also be used to update existing selection lists. As the flat ASCII records are loaded, if a selection list ID in the flat record matches an existing selection list ID, the report will update the matching existing list line and decision records. If there is no matching list line, a new line is created. Selection records are updated as follows. List line matching is accomplished by call number, so the list line will be updated if it is the first list line on the selection list that matches the catalog key and call number sequence. Existing list line extended information will be overwritten by new extended information from the flat record. 200 Reports

201 Decision records will be updated if the user IDs match; otherwise, a new decision record and funding/distribution segments will be created. Note: For more information about running these reports, refer to the WorkFlows online Help. Note: For more information about the new MARC Selection Import Utility wizard, refer to the release note in the Utilities section and the WorkFlows online Help. Corrections Load Selection Lists in Batch Reports Can Shadow Bibliographic Records That Are Loaded The Load Bibs for Selection and Load Bibs with Selections and Decisions reports have an option for shadowing the bibliographic records that are loaded. In the WorkFlows Java client, on the Load tab, under Title Control Processing, users can select the Shadow Loaded Records check box to shadow the bibliographic records as they are loaded. Load Bibs with Order Info and Load Flat Order Records Reports Displaying Erroneous Unbalanced Segments Messages In certain circumstances, the Load Bibs with Order Info and Load Flat Order Records reports displayed the following message in the report logs. WARNING! segments are not balanced These warnings displayed for funding/distribution segments that were, in fact, balanced. This occurred for orderlines with multiple fundings. The distributed copies count was not being cleared when a new funding segment was encountered. This has been corrected. Load Flat Order Records Report Shows All Order Files to Load in the File to Load List When the Load Bibs with Order Info (Biborderload) report runs, it creates an order file and places it in the /Unicorn/Marcordimp/Orders directory. The Load Flat Order Records (Orderload) report is run next to select the order file and load the flat ASCII order records into the order database. However, if the Load Bibs with Order Info report is run more than once in a WorkFlows session, the subsequent order files do not display in the File to Load list on the Order File Selection tab of the Load Flat Order Records report. If the user ends the session and starts another session to run the Load Flat Order Records report, all of the order files created by the multiple runnings of the Load Bibs with Order Info report display in the File to Load list. The Load Flat Order Records report has been corrected to display all of the order files created by more than one run of the Load Bibs with Order Info report in the File to Load list. Reports 201

202 Administration Group Reports Enhancements Transaction Statistics Report Now Allows Users to Select Transactions by Interface The Transaction Statistics (Transtat) report now allows users to select transactions performed by a Unicorn interface, such as ibistro, SIP2, or WorkFlows, and display these statistics by interface in the final output as a row or column. In the WorkFlows Java client, click the Transaction Selection tab, and in the Interface box, use the Policy List gadget to select from the following interfaces. 3M Server InfoVIEW NCIP Online Catalog SIP2 SVA WebCat WorkFlows In the WorkFlows C client, make interface selections on the Selection Criteria tab under Transaction Selection. Information on Trapped Holds Now Included in Transaction Statistics Report The Find Hold Part B command has been added to the list of commands for which statistical information is gathered. This command is used by the Trap Holds wizard, so that Transaction Statistics report can now count the number of trapped holds in a reporting period. Station ID Now Included in Transaction Selections Users now have the ability to select transactions by the current login ID, namely the station ID. The station ID is now recorded for all commands sent from the WorkFlows Java client to the server. In WorkFlows Java client reports, the Station Login ID selection displays on the Transaction Statistics Selection tab. Use the Browse User gadget to select station IDs. 202 Reports

203 In WorkFlows C client reports, the Station selection displays on the Selection Criteria tab under Transaction Selection. Use the List Policies gadget to select station IDs. New Zip Code Choice Gadget for Transaction Statistics Selection Previously, on the Transaction Statistics Selection tab of the Transaction Statistics report, the gadget for the Zip Code selection allowed the user to select a range of zip codes; however, the report was not selecting zip codes within the defined range. Additionally, there was no way to select only one zip code. Now, there s a new Zip Code Choice gadget for creating a list of zip codes for selection by reports. To create a list of zip codes, do the following. 1) On the Transaction Statistics selection tab, click the Zip Code Choice gadget. 2) In the Zip Code box, type a zip code. 3) Click Add to begin creating a list of zip codes. 4) Repeat the above process until all of the zip codes to be selected by the report have been added. 5) To remove a zip code from the list, select one of the entries in the list, and click Remove. 6) When finished creating the list, click OK. Note: The maximum zip code length is 14 characters for each zip code. List Invalid User ID and List Invalid Item ID Reports Have Been Modified The List Invalid User ID and the List Invalid Item ID reports have been modified to check the Barcode exempt policy and to not include any ID that is listed as exempt in the list of invalid IDs. These reports are used with barcode validation to provide a list of item or user IDs that do not match the selected format. These reports are run so the sites can get an idea of the number of IDs that will need to be modified before barcode validation can be turned on. Sites are finding the IDs included in the barcode exempt policy (IDs that are exempt from validation) are included in the output of the report. This results in IDs being listed as invalid that are not checked for validation or will not be modified with an ID that follows barcode format validation routines. Example: The report is listing delivered user IDs such as WEBSERVER and CIRC which are used by the system and should not be changed. These reports have been changed so that barcodes are checked to see if they are actually valid or not. Reports 203

204 Corrections Prepare GUI Offline Data Report Updated with Barcode Policy Lists Prepare GUI Offline Data (Prepstand) report has been enhanced to gather barcode policy information from the Unicorn server and include it in the verifylist file that is downloaded to the WorkFlows workstation when it connects to the server. The following barcode policies are now included in the verifylist file generated by the Prepare GUI Offline Data report. Barcode Barcode Exempt Barcode Format Barcode Validation List Policies Report Now Includes Hold Map Policies Previously, the List Policies (Listpol) report did not list the Hold Map policies. Now, this report includes the Hold Map policies defined on the system. Load Users Report Populates the User Birth Date Field with Never When running the Load Users report to attempt to populate the User Birth Date field with NEVER, although there were no error messages produced, the report did not update the contents of the User Birth Date field with NEVER. When the input file of users contained user birthdate information, the birth date information was not being loaded into the user record when the word NEVER was used as a birth date. This has been corrected. Change to Load Users Report Ensures Changes Are Logged to the History Logs When using the Load Users report, User Categories 3, 4, and 5 were not logged to the history logs. The Load Users report has been corrected so the correct user categories are logged to the history files. Errors No Longer Displaying in Statistics Log Report The displaying of user alerts was causing the following error to display in Statistics Log (Statlog) reports. #IS error in field size This was caused by the way transaction records were being processed. This affected the way user alerts were being displayed which caused Unicorn to produce incorrect values in the Statistics Log report. This has been corrected. 204 Reports

205 Statistics Log Report Displays Correct User Location The Statistics Log (Statlog) report s statistics log output was displaying incorrect information for the User Location field. The report has been changed to correctly display the User Location information in the statistics log. Routing Flag Prevents Users From Being Created with the Load User Report The Load User (Loadflatuser) report was setting the Allow Routing checkbox to Yes when user records were added or updated. This report has been corrected so that the routing flag defaults to No if no setting is specified in the incoming record. Transaction Statistics Report s Transit To, Transit From, and Transit Reason Options Not Working Correctly Previously, in the WorkFlows C client, the Transaction Statistics report displayed the Transit To, Transit From, and Transit Reason selections in the Display Choice for Transactions gadget on the Output Options tab, but these options did not work. In the WorkFlows Java client, these options were missing altogether. This has been corrected. The Transit To, From, and Reason options for transactions selection now work correctly in the Transaction Statistics report for the WorkFlows C client. Additionally, the options now appear on the Transaction Selection tab of the report in the WorkFlows Java client. Transaction Statistics Report Output Zero Totals In certain circumstances, the Transaction Statistics (Transtat) report would print zero totals in the report output. When the user made item type and home location selections, only item types and locations that had at least one charge transaction were printed in the report output. But, when these selections were paired with user profiles, all item types and locations were printed, whether or not there was a charge transaction, and some item types and locations would display zeros in the column totals. These extra rows with zero totals could make the report output very long and hard to read. Now, the Transaction Statistics report will no longer print row information when the total count is not a positive number (zero). Transaction Statistics Report Sometimes Unable to Run When Reporting by Workstation In certain circumstances, the Transaction Statistics (Transtat) report would not run when reporting by workstation. The report log would display following system message. Segmentation Fault - core dumped Reports 205

206 This occurred when a workstation name (Station policy) was removed from the system after the transactions were logged, and the report was attempting to compile transaction statistics for that workstation. This has been corrected. Wrong Transit Reasons in Transaction Statistics Report Previously, the Transaction Statistics (Transtat) report displayed the wrong values to select for the Transit Reason field. The gadget for the Transit Reason field displayed the values LIBRARY, USER, and VENDOR. These are acquisitions Cancel Reason policies. This has been corrected. Now, the gadget displays the correct transit reason values BOOKING, RESERVE, LIBRARY, and OPERATOR. Load Users Report No Longer Creates Users With Routing Flag Set The Load Users (Userload) report was creating user records with routing allowed as the default. When the input user record did not contain the USER_ROUTING_FLAG tag, the created user record should have the Routing allowed flag turned off. This has been corrected. Standalone Report No Longer Shows Wrong Logprint Count in Loadstand Log The count in the Print History Logs (Logprint) report in the Loadstand report log did not match the actual number of transactions printed. Example: In a Loadstand report, there were 90 failed transactions. There should have been 180 log records printed but the report only showed 126. This report has been corrected so that it prints the correct log records and failed transactions. Hold Recall Without Modifying Hold Level Report Includes Copies Correctly When Recalling Items The Hold Recall Without Modifying Hold Level (Newholdrecall) report was correctly selecting items for recalls, but incorrectly removed some of the selected copies from the recall list before recalling the items. The Hold Recall Without Modifying Hold Level report has been corrected to recall all of the items that were selected by the report for recalls. 206 Reports

207 Authority Group Reports Enhancements New Authority Headings without Associated Bibliographic Headings Report The new Authority Headings without Associated Bibliographic Headings (Authhead) report lists authority headings with no associated bibliographic records. Libraries often find it useful for authority maintenance to know the authority records in their databases that are not actually represented in the data in their titles. This report is an informational report, and does not change the authority databases. The list can be used to correct possible typographical errors in the records, or to decide whether or not to delete an authority record since it is no longer being used. The Authority Headings without Associated Bibliographic Headings report is in the Authority report group. In the WorkFlows Java client, this report displays the Basic and Authority Selection tabs. Users can make authority selections by authorization level, source, date created, date authorized, and more. In the WorkFlows C client, the Basic Info and Selection Criteria tabs appear, displaying the same Authority Selection options. Removed Certain Reports that Maintain Authority Thesaurus The authority thesaurus has been redesigned into database files or tables, replacing the previous BRS authority thesaurus. Because of the new design, the Correct Authority Thesauri (Correcthesauri), Reorganize Thesauri Dictionary (Reorgthesauri), and Authority XRef Generation (Xrefgenerate) reports no longer need to be run and are now obsolete. New Authority Reports for Updating Authority Headings Two new reports have been added for updating the authority headings databases. These reports allow users to change headings to groups of records at one time, instead of one record at a time, or by using the Global Authority Change helper which makes changes based on a single authority record at a time. The following reports have been added to the Authority report group. Change Invalid Headings by Authority (Fliphdngbyauth) Change Invalid Headings by Bib (Fliphdngbycat) Change Invalid Headings by Authority This report is used to update headings in the authority database using authority records for input. This report checks new authority records against the authority file, and updates improper headings. Then, it checks all bibliographic records in the database. If improper headings are found in the bibliographic records, the headings will be changed to match the authorized heading in the authority record containing the 4XX entries for improper headings. Additionally, when the Reports 207

208 report is run, all improper headings in the bibliographic records which match 4XX entries in any authority record will be updated. Change Invalid Headings by Bib This report is used to update headings in the authority database using bibliographic records for input. This report checks full catalog records against the authority file. If improper headings are found in the bibliographic record, the headings will be changed to match the authorized heading in the authority record containing the 4XX entries for improper headings. Additionally, when the report is run, all improper headings in the bibliographic records which match 4XX entries in any authority record will be updated. New Gadget for Selecting Authority IDs Previously, for reports that allowed users to select authority records by authority IDs, there was no method for creating a list of the IDs. On the Authority IDs tab in the WorkFlows Java client and the Selection Criteria tab in the WorkFlows C client, the Authority IDs text box only allowed the user to type one ID. Now, a gadget has been added to the Authority IDs text box. To create a list of authority IDs, do the following. 1) In the Authority IDs box, click the Select Authority IDs gadget. 2) In the Authority ID box, type an ID, click Add, and the authority ID is added to the list. 3) Add more authority IDs to this list as needed. 4) To remove an authority ID from the list, select the ID (which highlights the ID), and click Remove. 5) When finished adding authority IDs, click OK. Note: The Authority IDs selection is available in the new Change Invalid Headings by Authority and Change Invalid Headings by Bib reports. Corrections List Unauthorized Tags Report Listed Incorrect Tag Counts Previously, the List Unauthorized Tags (Unauthlst) report was reporting incorrect tag counts of titles that had unauthorized terms. First, the report output the number of call number records attached to the catalog record with the unauthorized term(s), then multiplied this number by the number tags with unauthorized terms. Example: For instance, if the catalog record had five call number records attached, then the count was five times the number of tags found in the catalog record with unauthorized terms. The report should only count the tags once. This has been corrected. 208 Reports

209 Authority Headings without Associated Bibs Now Has Default Date Created of Yesterday In the Authority Headings without Associated Bibs (Authhead) report, the default for Date Created on the Authority Selection tab has been set to a date range of yesterday. This date can be changed by the user. The default was set to limit the number of records selected by the report, so that users won t inadvertently run the report without making a selection, potentially running this report against the entire database, which could take a long time on large systems. List Unauthorized Tags Report Not Displaying Totals Previously, the List Unauthorized Tags (Unathlst) report listed all item MARC records individually. The report should only print the total for each of the MARC tags with the unauthorized entries. When calculating the unauthorized tag totals, the report temporarily writes the item MARC information to a file, and this information was erroneously printed to the report log. This has been corrected. Bibliographic Group Reports Enhancements New Extract Deletions for OCLC Report A new report has been added for reporting the library s deleted holdings to OCLC. The Extract Deletions for OCLC (Oclcdeletions) report reviews transactions and identifies item records that have been deleted from the catalog. If any item deletions have left zero copies of a title for the library or libraries, the library OCLC code and item library information are reported, along with a MARC21 record, and a file of the MARC21 records is created. This file is output to the /Unimarc/Unicorn/Xfer directory on the server. OCLC can use this file to update the library's holdings in the OCLC database. Example: If the Orange Library deletes all copies of a title, but the La Mesa Library still owns copies, the title's complete MARC record is extracted and an 852 tag is added with the Orange Library's OCLC code in subfield a. If all Orange's and La Mesa's copies of a title are deleted, and the title is removed, the report will create two brief MARC records of the title: one with Orange's OCLC code in an 852 a and one with La Mesa's OCLC code in an 852 a. The Extract Deletions for OCLC report contains the following tabs. Basic Information tab Contains basic information about the report. Transaction Selection tab (WorkFlows Java client) or Selection Criteria tab (WorkFlows C client) Contains selections for Item Library and Transaction Date range. (Item Library is the library of the deleted items.) OCLC Output tab (WorkFlows Java client) or Output Options tab (WorkFlows C client) Contains options to determine whether to move the Reports 209

210 Title Control # or Catalog Key to the 001 field in the output records, whether or not multiple output files are created, and if so, how many records per file, and the format for file output, either MARC or flat ASCII format. The user can type the file name for the output file, and the report will add the date and time to each file name. Users need to consider the following when running the Extract Deletions for OCLC report. This report is password protected. This report has the potential for creating a large file, so system disk space would need to be considered. This report won't select items deleted today, until after the nightly update databases reports have run. Before running this report, users need to add the library's OCLC code to the Library policy. Important Note: If multiple Unicorn libraries share the same OCLC holding code and if only one of those Unicorn libraries deletes all their call numbers/ items for this title, the report will not make the distinction that there are other Unicorn libraries who still own the title. This will be improved in a future version of Unicorn. Example: Unicorn Library ARROWOOD OCLC holding code is HSV4. Unicorn Library MOYERS OCLC holding code is also HSV4. Library ARROWOOD deletes all their call numbers/items for Gone with the Wind, but Library MOYERS still has call numbers/items for the same title. The Extract Deletions for OCLC report will extract a MARC record for Gone with the Wind, and the 852 a will contain HSV4. To OCLC, there is no distinction between ARROWOOD and MOYERS; they are both HSV4. No Sort Options Added to Print Custom Labels Report The Print Custom Labels (Printlabels) report has been enhanced with no sort options which allow users to select specific item IDs for printing spine and pocket labels, and print these labels in the order in which the item IDs were entered. The following changes have been made to this report. On the Item IDs tab, the Select Item List gadget now retains the order in which the user enters item IDs. The IDs will not be sorted. On the Sorting tab, there is a new no sort option, None. If the user selects the None sort, and he has entered item IDs, the labels will print in the order in which the IDs were entered. If the user selects the None sort, and he has not entered item IDs, the labels will print in the order the records were processed. 210 Reports

211 If the user selects the Call Number or Item ID sort, the labels will print in the selected order, whether or not item IDs were entered. Print Custom Labels Report Gadget Now Includes Number of Labels Option The Print Custom Labels (Printlabels) report s Spine Labels for Items gadget now includes a Number of Labels option which allows users to indicate the number of labels to be printed per item ID. Note: Since this report relies on the templates produced with the Label Designer wizard, the number of labels printed per item relies on the number of labels selected in the Item ID gadget multiplied by the number of label sets per item selected in the template. The following math will be performed: Number of Labels (in the gadget) x Label Sets Per Item (in the template) = Number of Label Sets Printed Per Item. Corrections Examples If you enter 1 in the gadget and Label Sets Per Item is 1, 1 x 1 = one label set per item. If you enter 2 in the gadget and Label Sets Per Item is 1, 2 x 1 = two label sets per item. If you enter 1 in the gadget and Label Sets Per Item is 2, 1 x 2 = two label sets per item. Print Custom Label Report is Sorting by Call Number The Print Custom Label report would not print the prefix in front of a call number for certain items, such as DVDs and this was affecting the sort options. The sort option on the Print Custom Label report was not functioning correctly and this caused the report not to sort correctly. This has been corrected. Print Custom Labels Report Requires Printers that Support Printing Graphics The Print Custom Labels (Printlabels) report prints spine and pocket labels using the specified customized label template. In the WorkFlows Java client, this template is created using the Label Designer wizard. It is important to remember that the printer used to print these custom labels must support printing graphics. Convert Discard Items Report is Now Using the Correct Selection Criteria The Convert DISCARD Items (Cvtdiscard) report has been modified to honor any Catalog and Call Number selection options. Reports 211

212 Convert Discard Items Report Discarding Items Correctly The Convert DISCARD Items (Cvtdiscard) Report was failing to change the current locations to Discard when the item has multiple pieces associated with it. This has been corrected. Spine-Labels for Specific IDs Report Gadget Sorted Item IDs Previously, the Spine Labels for Items gadget in the Spine-Labels for Specific IDs report was sorting the item IDs. It should not sort the item IDs that are entered. This has been corrected. List Entries from Catalog Report Has Change in Entries Field When using the List Entries from Catalog (Entrylist) report with the Not Contains option for the Entries field, the report results always showed zero records. The wrong gadget was used for the entry IDs. The gadget should not have had the Not Contains option because the report was designed to process only the Contains option. This has been corrected so that Not Contains is no longer an option. Incorrect Print Output Option Used in List Entries from Catalog Report The List Entries from Catalog (Entrylist) report was not using the selected Print Item output option to format the output of the report. No matter which option was selected, the report output always printed information by catalog shelflist. The List Entries from Catalog report has been changed to use the selected Print Item output option to print information by catalog shelflist, call number shelflist, or record-by-record. Bibliographies by Call Number Report Not Making Item Selections Previously, the Bibliographies by Call Number (Bibliobycall) report allowed users to make item selections, but the report was ignoring these selections. This has been corrected. Message No Longer Displays in the Report Log of the Average Date of Publication Report When the Average Date of Publication (Averagepubyr) report ran, the report would not finish properly, and the following messages displayed in the report log. awk: syntax error near line 1 awk: bailing out near line 1 The Average Date of Publication report has been corrected so the report finishes properly, and the messages no longer display in the report log. 212 Reports

213 Unable to Run Average Date of Publication Year Report on Solaris_X86 Systems Previously, a user was unable to run the Average Date of Publication Year (Averagepubyr) report on a Solaris_X86 system. The report log would display the following message. awk: syntax error near line 1 awk: bailing out near line 1 This has been corrected. Load Bibliographic Records Report Updates the Call Number Correctly When the Item Price is Retained In the Load Bibliographic Records (Bibload) report, if the Update AUTO-Assigned Call Numbers check box is selected to replace any AUTO call numbers in matched records with the incoming call number, and if the Create/ Update Price from Holdings Statement, 020 Subfield c check box is cleared to retain the price in existing item records, the price in the item record would be updated instead of the call number. The report has been changed so that if the call number is to be updated but the existing item price is to be unchanged, the call number is updated correctly. Unable to Run Remove DISCARD Items Report Previously, a user was unable to run the Remove DISCARD Items (Remdiscard) report. The report log would display the following message. sh: discarded_titles: cannot open This has been corrected. Remove DISCARD Items Report Correctly Lists Deleted Items When the Remove DISCARD Items (Remdiscard) report was run, the report would provide incorrect information in one or both of the following ways. The deleted items list included items that were not actually removed from the collection due to certain conditions (for example, the item has bills or holds). The number of DISCARD items that could not be deleted included items that were not listed in the number of items marked as DISCARD. The Remove DISCARD Items report has been changed to first exclude any DISCARD items that can not be removed due to conditions that prevent the items from being removed from the collection. Then the report prints in the report log the correct number of DISCARD items that are selected for removal. Finally, the report output will correctly list the DISCARD items that were actually removed from the collection. Reports 213

214 Remove DISCARD Items Report Finishes Properly When the Remove Discarded Item (Remdiscard) report was run, the report would finish in error with one of the following messages. 2> was unexpected at this time sh: discarded_titles: cannot open The report has been changed so it finishes properly, and the messages no longer display. Remove DISCARD Items Report Updated Previously in the Remove DISCARD Items (Remdiscard) report, the print output included information that was in error or not relevant to the report. The filtering of the items with DISCARD status was not operating as expected. Now the print output of the Remove DISCARD Items report includes only correct and relevant information. Edit Bibliographic Data Globally Report Substitutes Search Strings correctly When the Edit Bibliographic Data Globally (Globaledit) report substituted text that happened to occur at the end of a field, the report incorrectly substituted the text twice. Example If the Edit Bibliographic Data Globally report was set up to substitute SirsiDynix for Sirsi in the 650 tag in MARC records, the finished text in the tag would incorrectly read SirsiDynix- Dynix. The Edit Bibliographic Data Globally report has been changed so the specified search string text is substituted correctly. Booking Group Reports Corrections Pull List of Bookings Report Includes Group ID Information in Report Output On the Pull List of Bookings report, the group ID information did not display. The group ID displayed but none of the data from the user records was in the report. The group ID on this report was not configured properly. This has been corrected. 214 Reports

215 Booking with Charges Notice Report Can Now Sort by Zip Code When running the Booking with Charges Notice (Bookingchgntc) report, the report would error out if it was set to sort by zipcode. This report has been corrected so that it runs with no errors when it is set to sort by zipcode. Cataloging Group Reports Corrections Print Custom Labels Report Preview Not Displaying Chinese Characters Properly When viewing the Print Custom labels report, in the preview window, Chinese characters would not display properly. When running this report on a Unicode server, the results are encoded in UTF8, and the file downloaded to the workstation is also UTF8-encoded. However, the preview step of the report was reading the label output file using Windows default encoding, which does not support displaying Chinese characters. This has been corrected. Circulation Group Reports Enhancements Circulation Reports Now Identify Which Interfaces Created Holds/ Recalls and Charges/Renewals Certain circulation reports can now identify which interface (such as Online Catalog, SIP2, or WorkFlows) performed hold/recall and charge/renewal transactions. The following reports have been enhanced to identify which interface placed a hold or recall. Count Hold Current Hold Statistics Transaction Statistics Report The following reports have been enhanced to identify which interface performed a charge or renewal. Count Charges Current Charge Statistics Transaction Statistics Reports 215

216 The following interfaces are associated with numerical values which are reported in the history logs and printed in the report final output. Unknown = 0 WebCat = 1 3M Server = 2 WorkFlows = 3 InfoVIEW = 4 Online Catalog = 5 SIP2 = 6 NCIP = 7 SVA = 8 Report to Edit Due Dates Added The Edit Due Dates Globally (Globaldatedue) report allows users to globally edit due dates. This report will allow users to make charge, item and user selections to determine which charges they wish to update. Only active charges will be selected because inactive charges are associated with lost items and their dates should not be changed. Libraries can specify the date they want to change the due dates of all selected charges to. The report is password protected. The user can choose whether to update the database. If the user chooses not to update the database, a log will be produced showing how many records were selected. Expire Holds Report Has Been Modified to Handle Blanket Holds When holds associated with a blanket hold became available, the entire blanket hold should expire based on the copies needed or received. Example: If the copies needed are three for the blanket hold and three holds have been made available the entire blanket hold would be expired if all three available holds expired on the holds shelf. Since the Expire Holds (Expshlfholds) report should not be doing anything special to the blanket holds, the part of the report dealing with blankets holds has been removed. Report Added to Permanently Remove Charge History The Purge Charge History (Purgeloanhist) report has been added to the Circulation group of reports to remove charge histories either for all users in the library system, or just for user records that match the report selections. A User ID gadget in the User Selection tab can be used so that users can be selected by User ID. This new report is part of the Charge History feature. 216 Reports

217 If Unicorn is configured to retain the charge history of patrons, each charge will be assigned a status of HISTORY when the item is checked into the library. The charge history of all patrons in the system is retained until the Purge Charge History report is run. The Purge Charge History report selects only charges that have a charge status of HISTORY, and removes them permanently from the system. Caution: This report deletes selected charge histories completely from the database, so use caution when running this report. Charge histories purged by mistake can only be restored from a current backup. New Report Displays Information for Charges and Renewals by Patron Zip Code The Circulation by Zip Code (Zipcodecirc) report collects and displays totals by patron zip code for charges and renewals at the selected library or libraries over the specified date range. In addition, the report lists the total number of transits and in-house uses over the specified date range for the selected libraries. This new report is included in the Circulation report group. The report output presents the number of charges and the number of renewals by the 5-digit zip code of the patrons who charged or renewed items. For each zip code, the total number of combined charges and renewals display in a separate column. The report output is sorted by zip code. The report output also includes a total number of transits and a total number of in-house uses for the selected libraries over the specified date range. Assumed Lost Report Updates an Item s Last Activity Date The Assumed Lost (Assumedlost) report in the Circulation report group has been enhanced so the report changes the assumed lost item s last activity date to be the run date of the report. With this enhancement, libraries can run statistics reports to determine the number of items are marked as Assumed Lost within a specified period of time. Default Hold Priority Used When Separating Hold Notices By Library In the Expire Available Holds, Expire Holds, and Notice for Cancelled Holds reports, the notices generated by the reports are separated by default hold priority when the Print Separate Reports for Each Library option is selected. If the default hold priority is set to user library, the notices are separated based on the user library. If the hold priority is set to pickup library, the notices are separated by pickup library. Reports 217

218 Corrections Users With Items Long Overdue Report Has Size Limit Increased The Users With Items Long Overdue report was failing if it encountered a user with more than 1,000 overdue items. This been corrected by having the size limit for overdues removed. Circulation Mailer Report is Formatting and Printing Correctly When running the Circulation Mailer (Mlrcirc) report, notices that were more than one form long did not properly format to the second page of the form after printing the first form. The report was not printing out the patron s address or the sending library s address on the second page. The resulting notice would have a list of items but the patron and the sending library was not identified on any but the first page. The Circulation Mailer (Mlrcirc) report had an error which caused the report to have formatting problems when printing more than one page. This has been corrected so that the patron is identified on every page of a multi-page bill. Circulation Mailer (Mlrcirc) Report No Longer Runs Slowly on Oracle Sites Sites with Oracle systems were unable to run all their daily reports within a 24 hour period because of huge amounts of data were causing the Circulation Mailer report to run too slowly. The Circulation Mailer report has been enhanced so that runs faster and does not delay the other daily reports. Circulation Mailer Report No Longer Prints Extra LInes in the Middle of the Report Output When printing the Circulation Mailer (Mlrcirc) report to the system printer the report was printing extra lines in the middle of the report. Example: If the report was set up for 5 ½ inches (33 lines) it would produce 40 blank lines in the middle of the notice when printing. The settings were ignored and the report printed 66 lines. The extra lines were occurring when the report was printed UNFORMATTED. This has been corrected. 218 Reports

219 Combine Notices Option Setting Used in the Circulation Mailer Report In the Circulation Mailer (Mlrcirc) report, the Combine Notices option was not being used to combine notices when requested. The report has been corrected to combine notices if the Combine Notices option is selected. Hold Overdue Notices Report No Longer Produces Multiple Notices When running the Hold Overdue Notices (Hoverdue) report, if the option to combine notices was selected, some patrons were receiving multiple notices from a single report run. The Hold Overdue Notice report has been corrected so that it is properly combining notices and the patrons are no longer receiving multiple overdue notices. Circulation Reports Now Sort By Library When running some of the circulation reports such as the Overdue, New Overdue and Hold Overdue Notices reports and choosing to print separate reports for each library, the finished reports for each library did not display on the list of finished reports. There was only one entry in the Finished Report list and that report contained all of the information that should have been separated into separate reports by library name. The circulation reports have been corrected so that they will now print reports sorted by library. List Users with Overdues Report No Longer Includes Inactive Checkouts When running the List Users with Overdues report, the report results were including inactive checkouts, such as Claimed Lost items. In previous versions of Unicorn, the Claimed Lost items were not maintained as inactive charges and now they are in the current version. The option to select charges by location has been added to this report. This prevents the report from automatically including inactive checkouts. New Overdue Notices Report Is Now Sorting by Zipcode When using the New Overdue Notices report, the report would not sort by zipcode when combining notices. This report has been changed so that the library field is the last sort field when combining notices. The report will now sort by zipcode when combining notices. Reports 219

220 Overdue Notice Report No Longer Bounces Back When overdue notices were sent out by , if the address contained certain characters, the notices were bouncing back, with garbage characters in the To field of the message. This has been corrected so that messages will not be sent to a user if the address contains any of the following characters.! # $ % ^ & * ( ) + [ ] { } \? < / 220 Reports

221 >, ~ User ID No Longer Prints in Address Field in Overdue and New Overdue Reports In the Overdue and New Overdue reports there is an option to print the User ID on the notice. Instead of printing on the same line as the name, the User ID was printing on the address line instead, which was on the next line. This caused the address to be too long and not be able to display in a window envelope. The reports were changed so that the User ID printed further to the right of the name rather than dropping down to the next line where the address is. New Overdue Report Sorts Correctly From the Sorting Tab Option When Combining Notices The New Overdue report, which has the combine notice feature, did not sort the output of notices correctly by the User Name selection. Example: The user selected the report to sort by User Name but the report results did not produce an alphabetical listing of the user names, as was expected. When combining notices, the reports were using the library as the main sorting option. This has been corrected so that the notices are always sorted by whatever the user selects from the sorting tab. Format for Overdue Reports Have Been Changed to Display User Address Zip Code in the Envelope Window In the Overdue Reports, if a user had more than five address lines, the zip code was no longer visible in the envelope window, when the User ID was selected to be printed as part of the notice. An extra line was being created between the user address and the library address whenever the User ID was printed to the notice. This caused the address lines to drop down an extra line, making the zip code line hidden from view. This has been corrected. Combining Notices Report Was Producing No Results When Being Sorted by Zipcode When running the Combining Notices report and setting it to sort by zip code, no output was created. Reports 221

222 The zip code sorting feature in the report was failing before the notices were printing out. This has been corrected. Pull Onshelf Holds Report No Longer Writes Error Messages to Log File The Pull Onshelf Holds (Pullonshelfhld) report was reporting error number 100 messages in the log file. The report script has been changed so that these messages no longer display. List Onshelf Items with Holds Not ing to Each Library Previously, the List Onshelf Items with Holds report was not ing the finished report to all libraries, even though the user had selected the Print Separate Reports for Each Library option in the report and the Auto to Recipients with Addresses in Their Patron Record option in Session Settings. The report was not properly extracting the addresses for each library user record, and so it failed to the finished report to all the necessary libraries. This has been corrected. Bill Totals by Reason Report Was Displaying Amounts in Dollars Rather than Local Currency The Bill Totals by Reason (Reasontotal) report was showing currency amounts in U.S. dollars rather than the local currency. This report has been corrected so that the report amounts now display in local currency rather than dollars. Syntax Error Has Been Corrected in the Clean Hold Shelf Report A syntax error occurred in the Clean Hold Shelf (Cleanholdshelf) report if there were inactive holds that had not been processed. When this occurred, the following error message displayed. sort: cannot stat temporary directory -u: No such file or directory A sort was not being performed correctly in the Clean Hold Shelf report which could have produced inaccurate results for the report. This has been corrected. Bwirelease Report Has Been Modified When the Discharge BWI E-Books (Bwirelease) report ran and the books belonging to a library other than the library of the user running the report, the items were placed in transit. When the report ran, the items were discharged using the station library of the user running the report. This caused items that were owned by another library to be placed in transit. 222 Reports

223 The bwirelease report has been modified to add the library to the list of information so that the items are no longer placed in transit. Holdtocopies Report Has Been Changed to Holds to Copies Ratio Report The name for the Holdtocopies report has been changed to Holds to Copies Ratio Report. The original name for this report reflected that the report was a custom report. The description and title were changed to better describe the report and to remove any custom report references. The Holds to Copies Ratio Report compares the ratio of holds to number of copies owned by selected library or libraries. Circulation by Zip Code Report No Longer Sorts Circulation by Library The Circulation by Zipcode (Zipcodecirc) report was sorting circulation information by library. The previous default for this report was All Libs. This has been changed so that library is no longer a required setting in the library selection gadget. This enables the operator to select the library to use for this report. Library Selection Gadget Has Been Changed in the Circulation by Zip Code Report In the Circulation by Zip Code (Zipcodecirc) report, the filters have been changed so that a library is no longer required in the Library Selection gadget. List Charges by Homeroom Report Has Been Corrected to Include All Students With Overdues The List Charges by Homeroom/Zip (Homeroomchg) report did not print all of the students that had overdues. If homerooms had leading digits, followed by alphabetics, the report sorted only on the number part, which caused some of the names to not be selected. This has been corrected. List Charges by Homeroom/Zip Report Sorts and Displays User Lists Correctly The List Charges by Homeroom/Zip (Homeroomchg) report was not correctly sorting users by homeroom when the homeroom started with numeric characters followed by a hyphen. When the incorrectly-sorted lists were used to group users by homeroom, some user records were left out of the lists for each homeroom. Reports 223

224 The report has been corrected to sort properly by homeroom, and then separate the list of users into complete user lists for each homeroom. Collection Exchange Report Group Enhancements Performance Tab Selections Have Been Added to Collection Exchange Reports Collection Exchange reports that have the Exchange Selection tab display the performance tab. The Performance selection consists of four checkboxes. Below Performance Range Within Performance Range Above Performance Range Select Records with performance attributes set to 0 The Select Records with performance attributes set to 0 is checked by default. If all boxes are checked, all items in the Collection Exchange database will be selected. If all of the boxes are unchecked, all the selection criteria will be ignored, which will result in selecting all items as well. Only the boxes checked will display in the report log. The selections will be based on the following criteria. If all the boxes are checked, the log will say that items selected are based on the four criteria. If all the boxes are unchecked, the log will not say anything about performance selection. If the first option is checked, the log will say items are selected based on Below, Within or Above performance range. Debt Collection Report Group Corrections Debt Collection Report Now Prints User Addresses The Debt Collection (Collectiondata) report was incorrectly handling address information for some users by not printing out address information for every patron. This has been corrected. 224 Reports

225 Housekeeping Group Reports Corrections Remove a Group of Users Report Creates the File of Userkeys for Deleted User Records When the Remove a Group of Users (Removeusers) report was run to remove a large number of user records, the userkeys of the deleted user records were not being recorded in a userkey file. When the Add, Delete, Update User (Aduusertext) report was run to update the user database to complete the removal of deleted user records, the report could not update the database correctly because of the missing userkey file. The following message displayed when a user tried to display a user record that had been removed. Unavailable to display The Remove a Group of Users report has been changed to create the file of userkeys for the deleted user records. The userkey file can then be used by the Add, Delete, Update User report to complete the removal of the user records deleted with the Remove a Group of Users report. Hyperion Group Reports Enhancements Publish Metadata for OAI Report Added A new report, Publish Metadata for OAI (Metadata_oai), has been added to the Hyperion group reports. Note: For more about the Open Archives Initiative (OAI) refer to The Publish Metadata for OAI report allows harvesting of metadata in accordance with the Open Archives Initiative. All qualifying resources are published into a location designated for OAI access. The OAI Selection tab includes the following selection criteria. A search pattern within metadata records Level 1 (from ROOT) collection names to include, with all resources under that collection or branch within the hierarchy Attribute types to include or exclude Access level of resources to include Reports 225

226 Before, after, or range of resource dates to include. Info Desk Group Reports Corrections Remove Items from Item List Report Not Removing 598 Tags from Bibliographic Records The Remove Items from Item List report was not successfully removing links between catalog records and an Information Desk policy. The report did not remove the 598 tags from the bibliographic records as expected. This has been corrected. MARC Import Group Reports Corrections Load Bibliographic Records Report Displaying System Messages After upgrading to Version GL3.0, under certain circumstances, when loading a file of bibliographic records from OCLC, the Load Bibliographic Records (Bibload) report would not run properly and would display the following system message. Segmentation Fault core dumped The load program used by this report was not loading the policy types for library groups, and if the input file of bibliographic records referenced library groups, this report could fail. This has been corrected. 226 Reports

Unicorn WorkFlows Academic Reserves Training Guide

Unicorn WorkFlows Academic Reserves Training Guide Unicorn Library Management System Unicorn WorkFlows Academic Reserves Training Guide Sirsi 101 Washington Street SE Huntsville, Alabama 35801 (256) 704-7000 Doc No. 400 1100 000 04 1 2002 Sirsi Corporation

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide Circulation January 2015 N a m e o f T r a i n i n g G u i d e i Publication Name: SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide Updated: January 2015 Additional copies of this

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide Circulation December 2010 N a m e o f T r a i n i n g G u i d e i Publication Name: SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide Updated: December 2010 Additional copies of this

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide Circulation April 2013 N a m e o f T r a i n i n g G u i d e i Publication Name: SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide Updated: April 2013 Additional copies of this document

More information

Unicorn WorkFlows Client for the Java TM Platform Training Guide Cataloging and Authority Control. (Version GL3.1) DOC-CATGEN-U

Unicorn WorkFlows Client for the Java TM Platform Training Guide Cataloging and Authority Control. (Version GL3.1) DOC-CATGEN-U Unicorn WorkFlows Client for the Java TM Platform Training Guide Cataloging and Authority Control (Version GL3.1) DOC-CATGEN-U Publication Name: Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide Cataloging and Authority

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3. Release Notes DOC-SDSRNEN-S

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3. Release Notes DOC-SDSRNEN-S SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3 Release Notes DOC-SDSRNEN-S July 2009 2009 SirsiDynix. All rights reserved. The processes and all the routines contained herein are the proprietary properties and trade secrets

More information

Unicorn WorkFlows Cataloging With Authority Training Guide

Unicorn WorkFlows Cataloging With Authority Training Guide Unicorn Library Management System Unicorn WorkFlows Cataloging With Authority Training Guide Sirsi 101 Washington Street SE Huntsville, Alabama 35801 (256) 704-7000 Doc No. 400 2300 000 03 1 2002 Sirsi

More information

Basic Workflows Training

Basic Workflows Training Basic Workflows Training 1. Menu Bar 2. Tool Bar a. Common Tasks b. User Information and Maintenance c. Item Information and Maintenance d. Holds Information and Maintenance e. In-Transit Items f. Special

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.2 Serials Check In Training Guide DOC- SCKTGEN -S

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.2 Serials Check In Training Guide DOC- SCKTGEN -S SirsiDynix Symphony 3.2 Serials Check In Training Guide DOC- SCKTGEN -S Publication Name: SirsiDynix Symphony 3.2 Serials Check In Training Guide Publication Number: DOC- SCKTGEN -S Updated: March 2009

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3 Request Training Guide DOC- REQGEN -S

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3 Request Training Guide DOC- REQGEN -S SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3 Request Training Guide DOC- REQGEN -S Publication Name: SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3 Request Training Guide Publication Number: DOC- REQGEN -S Updated: July 2009 Additional copies of

More information

Unicorn Version Release Notes

Unicorn Version Release Notes Unicorn Library Management System Unicorn Version 2003.1 Release Notes Final Draft Sirsi Corporation 101 Washington Street, S.E. Huntsville, Alabama 35801 March 2004 (256) 704-7000 2004 Sirsi Corporation

More information

Workflows Reports Training. 1. Report Session 2. Schedule New Reports 3. Finished Reports

Workflows Reports Training. 1. Report Session 2. Schedule New Reports 3. Finished Reports Workflows Reports Training 1. Report Session 2. Schedule New Reports 3. Finished Reports Report Session 1 Report Session Configuration harringtonlc.org Workflows Help Report Session Configuration For Internet

More information

WorkFlows Learning to Use the Staff Client. Version 3.5

WorkFlows Learning to Use the Staff Client. Version 3.5 WorkFlows Learning to Use the Staff Client Version 3.5 Contents Basic Terms... 4 SAILS... 4 Symphony... 4 WorkFlows... 4 Enterprise... 4 Getting Started... 5 Logging into WorkFlows... 5 The WorkFlows screen...

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide Cataloging and Authority Control April 2013 N a m e o f T r a i n i n g G u i d e i Publication Name: Cataloging and Authority Control Version Number: 3.4.1.3J Updated:

More information

Copyright & trademark info

Copyright & trademark info Copyright & trademark info BookMyne 3.0 BookMyne User Manual November 2011 2011 SirsiDynix. All rights reserved. The processes and all the routines contained herein are the proprietary properties and trade

More information

Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide

Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide Serials Control (Version 2002) DOC-SERTGEN-U Publication Name: Serials Control Training Guide Publication Number: DOC-SERTGEN-U First Printing: June 2003 Updated: October

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide

SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide SirsiDynix Symphony Training Guide Cataloging and Authority Control January 2015 N a m e o f T r a i n i n g G u i d e i Publication Name: Cataloging and Authority Control Version Number: 3.5 Updated:

More information

Reserve Bookroom User and Administrator Guide

Reserve Bookroom User and Administrator Guide Horizon 7.5.2 Reserve Bookroom User and Administrator Guide September 2012 1995-2012 SirsiDynix. All rights reserved. The processes and all the routines contained herein are the proprietary properties

More information

Serials Properties for Symphony Workflows 3.3

Serials Properties for Symphony Workflows 3.3 Serials Properties for Symphony Workflows 3.3 Last Updated August 5, 2010 Introduction... 5 In... 6 Behavior...6...7 Order for Received Issues...7 Helpers...7 Display Bibliographic Description Helper...8

More information

CATALOGUING MANUAL. Summer SirsiDynix. All Rights Reserved.

CATALOGUING MANUAL. Summer SirsiDynix. All Rights Reserved. CATALOGUING MANUAL Summer 2008 2008 SirsiDynix. All Rights Reserved. Table of Contents SIRSI RECORD STRUCTURE AND DISPLAY... 1 ITEM SEARCH AND DISPLAY WIZARD... 2 CALL NUMBER AND ITEM MAINTENANCE WIZARD...

More information

Director s Station 4.9. Release Notes. June 2010

Director s Station 4.9. Release Notes. June 2010 Director s Station 4.9 Release Notes June 2010 2010 SirsiDynix. All rights reserved. The processes and all the routines contained herein are the proprietary properties and trade secrets of SirsiDynix.

More information

Page 2 of6. "Available" Locations for Holds in Demand Management

Page 2 of6. Available Locations for Holds in Demand Management ~.- Key Enhancements Additional Recommended Reading Lists Available Reserve Items on the Hit List "Available" Locations for Holds in Demand Management \/Barcode Validation -WorkFlows Java Client Only BWI

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony Release Notes DOC-SDSRNEN-S

SirsiDynix Symphony Release Notes DOC-SDSRNEN-S SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3.1 Release Notes DOC-SDSRNEN-S February 2010 2010 SirsiDynix. All rights reserved. The processes and all the routines contained herein are the proprietary properties and trade secrets

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.2. System Administrator Notes. SirsiDynix Symphony Library Management System

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.2. System Administrator Notes. SirsiDynix Symphony Library Management System SirsiDynix Symphony Library Management System SirsiDynix Symphony 3.2 System Administrator Notes SirsiDynix 101 Washington Street, S.E. Huntsville, Alabama 35801 December 2007 (256) 704-7000 2007 SirsiDynix

More information

Unicorn Acquisitions Training Guide DOC-ACQTGEN-U

Unicorn Acquisitions Training Guide DOC-ACQTGEN-U Unicorn Acquisitions Training Guide DOC-ACQTGEN-U Publication Name: Circulation / Request Training Guide Publication Number: DOC-ACQTGEN-U First Printing: October 2002 Additional copies of this document

More information

Director s Station Administration Training Guide (Version 4.8.1)

Director s Station Administration Training Guide (Version 4.8.1) Director s Station Administration Training Guide (Version 4.8.1) DOC-DRSTGEN-ALL Publication Name: Director s Station Administration Training Guide Publication Number: DOC-DRSTGEN-ALL Version Number: 4.8.1

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony System Administrator Notes

SirsiDynix Symphony System Administrator Notes SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3.1 System Administrator Notes December 2009 2009 SirsiDynix. All rights reserved. The processes and all the routines contained herein are the proprietary properties and trade secrets

More information

Editing Receipts, Date Due Slips, Hold Slips, etc.

Editing Receipts, Date Due Slips, Hold Slips, etc. Using the Manager Login, you can edit what displays on your Payment Receipts, Hold Slips, Checkout Receipts, Transit Slips, Credit Receipts and Date Due Slips. To edit them, you will have to edit the Properties

More information

Circulation. Sierra Training Manual

Circulation. Sierra Training Manual Circulation Sierra Training Manual 1 Overview Sierra Circulation allows staff to do the following: check out items, check in items, search all patrons, place holds, maintain hold queues, maintain course

More information

SirsiDynix Enterprise Training Guide

SirsiDynix Enterprise Training Guide SirsiDynix Enterprise Training Guide End User August 2015 e R e s o u r c e C e n t r a l 1 Publication Name: SirsiDynix Enterprise Training Guide Version Number: 4.5 Updated: August 2015 2015 Sirsi Corporation

More information

Report Session Setting pathway to print/view reports

Report Session Setting pathway to print/view reports Report Session Report Session Setting pathway to print/view reports When you first load Sirsi on a computer, after a major software update, or if your computer has been reimaged, you will need to set your

More information

Handout: Using Item Search and Display and Place Hold in WorkFlows

Handout: Using Item Search and Display and Place Hold in WorkFlows Handout: Using Item Search and Display and Place Hold in WorkFlows Contents Introduction... 3 A review of terms... 3 Item Search and Display... 3 Place Hold... 8 Moving between Item Search and Display

More information

Moving graphic examples are included on some pages. To view them you need the Flash plugin on your

Moving graphic examples are included on some pages. To view them you need the Flash plugin on your Print: Introduction Introduction Understanding the basic components of the Millennium circulation environment and how each function works is key to efficiently using Millennium Circulation. Because there

More information

SirsiDynix Enterprise Training Guide

SirsiDynix Enterprise Training Guide SirsiDynix Enterprise Training Guide End User December 2013 e R e s o u r c e C e n t r a l 1 Publication Name: SirsiDynix Enterprise Training Guide Version Number: 4.3 GA5 Updated: December 2013 2013

More information

Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide Essential Skills for WorkFlows and Web2. (Version GL3.0) DOC-ESSTGEN-U

Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide Essential Skills for WorkFlows and Web2. (Version GL3.0) DOC-ESSTGEN-U Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide Essential Skills for WorkFlows and Web2 (Version GL3.0) DOC-ESSTGEN-U Publication Name: Essential Skills for WorkFlows and Web2 Publication Number: DOC-ESSTGEN-U Version

More information

Cataloging Properties. Symphony Workflows

Cataloging Properties. Symphony Workflows Cataloging Properties Symphony Workflows New properties are in Bold. Last Updated August 5, 2010 Cataloging Properties for Symphony Workflows 3.3 Contents Introduction...4 Call Number and Item Maintenance...5...5

More information

***** Archive and Backup your Data before updating***** ****Ensure that you are running a minimum version of before updating****

***** Archive and Backup your Data before updating***** ****Ensure that you are running a minimum version of before updating**** Alexandria 6.22.1 Release Notes Build 20130220 =========================================================== Please contact COMPanion at 1-800-347-6439 or COMPanion Technical Support at 1-800-347-4942 with

More information

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3 Reports Basics Training Guide DOC-RPBTGEN-S

SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3 Reports Basics Training Guide DOC-RPBTGEN-S SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3 Reports Basics Training Guide DOC-RPBTGEN-S Publication Name: SirsiDynix Symphony 3.3 Reports Basic Training Guide Publication Number: DOC-RPBTGEN-S Updated: July 2009 Additional

More information

C/W MARS Evergreen Circulation

C/W MARS Evergreen Circulation C/W MARS Evergreen Circulation This document is an introduction to using Evergreen Circulation to check items in and out, to renew items, to pay fines, and to place and search item holds. It also includes

More information

LEAP MANUAL AN OVERVIEW ON THE PUBLIC SERVICES/FRONT DESK FUNCTIONS IN POLARIS LEAP

LEAP MANUAL AN OVERVIEW ON THE PUBLIC SERVICES/FRONT DESK FUNCTIONS IN POLARIS LEAP LEAP MANUAL AN OVERVIEW ON THE PUBLIC SERVICES/FRONT DESK FUNCTIONS IN POLARIS LEAP MARCH 2018 MARIGOLD POLARIS LEAP MANUAL Last Update: March 2018 This manual provides an overview on the public services/front

More information

Pop up of Loan Notes when an Item is Returned Loan Notes will now pop up if the Display Loan Notes checkbox is clicked in Return Options.

Pop up of Loan Notes when an Item is Returned Loan Notes will now pop up if the Display Loan Notes checkbox is clicked in Return Options. ALEPH VERSION 23 New Features and Functionality CIRCULATION New Buttons Go to Patron Button in the Items tab The List of Items page in the Circulation module has been enhanced to include a Go to Patron

More information

DEVELOPED BY THE SHARE BIBLIOGRAPHIC SERVICES TEAM SPRING 2013 REVISED MAY

DEVELOPED BY THE SHARE BIBLIOGRAPHIC SERVICES TEAM SPRING 2013 REVISED MAY ITEM RECORDS DEVELOPED BY THE SHARE BIBLIOGRAPHIC SERVICES TEAM SPRING 2013 REVISED MAY 2014 Table of Contents General cataloging steps... 3 Matching... 3 General match points... 3 Creating Item Records...

More information

Using Evergreen s Acquisitions Module. Documentation Interest Group

Using Evergreen s Acquisitions Module. Documentation Interest Group Using Evergreen s Acquisitions Module Documentation Interest Group Using Evergreen s Acquisitions Module Documentation Interest Group Report errors in this documentation using Launchpad. Table of Contents

More information

***** Archive and Backup your Data before updating***** ***Ensure that you are running a minimum version of before updating***

***** Archive and Backup your Data before updating***** ***Ensure that you are running a minimum version of before updating*** Alexandria 6.20.0 Release Notes 6/17/2011 ============================================================ Current Alexandria v5 customers will need to contact COMPanion prior to updating to version 6. This

More information

All The News That Fits! What s New in Polaris 4.1

All The News That Fits! What s New in Polaris 4.1 Enter bullet text here Second level All The News That Fits! What s New in Polaris 4.1 Bill Schickling, President and CEO MidAtlantic PUG, April 20, 2012 1 1 Polaris PowerPAC Redesigned! Easier to use,

More information

Mandarin M3. Daily Use Handbook ver 1.7SP5g 2014

Mandarin M3. Daily Use Handbook ver 1.7SP5g 2014 Mandarin M3 TM Daily Use Handbook ver 7SP5g 2014 Table of Contents Table of Contents Getting Started with M3...3 Using Circulation...4 Using the OPAC...12 Maintenance...19 Contacts & Credits...20 Getting

More information

Using Evergreen s Acquisitions Module. Documentation Interest Group

Using Evergreen s Acquisitions Module. Documentation Interest Group Using Evergreen s Acquisitions Module Documentation Interest Group Using Evergreen s Acquisitions Module Documentation Interest Group Report errors in this documentation using Launchpad. Table of Contents

More information

Mandarin Oasis. Daily Use Handbook ver

Mandarin Oasis. Daily Use Handbook ver TM Mandarin Oasis Daily Use Handbook ver 2.9.1 2014 Table of Contents Table of Contents Mandarin Oasis...3 Getting Started with Oasis...4 The Oasis Interface...5 Patron Mode...7 Librarian Mode...8 Using

More information

Searching in WorkFlows

Searching in WorkFlows Searching in WorkFlows Searching in WorkFlows for patrons: User search To search for patron (user) records, use the Display User Wizard found under the Users Wizard heading. This wizard will provide information

More information

User s. Guide. Integrated Library System. Acquisitions

User s. Guide. Integrated Library System. Acquisitions User s Guide Integrated Library System Acquisitions VIRTUA ILS INTEGRATED LIBRARY SYSTEM Acquisitions User s Guide Version 43.1 January 2004 Copyright 1999-2004 VTLS Inc. All Rights Reserved. Virtua and

More information

Leap Patron Services & Circulation. Polaris ILS 5.0 SP3 Training THE LIBRARY IS OPEN

Leap Patron Services & Circulation. Polaris ILS 5.0 SP3 Training THE LIBRARY IS OPEN Leap Patron Services & Circulation Polaris ILS 5.0 SP3 Training THE LIBRARY IS OPEN Leap Overview What is Leap? What are some of the features that are available in Leap? Do we still need the Polaris Client?

More information

Unicorn WorkFlows Client for the Java TM Platform Training Guide Authority Control

Unicorn WorkFlows Client for the Java TM Platform Training Guide Authority Control Unicorn WorkFlows Client for the Java TM Platform Training Guide Authority Control (Version 2003.1.4) DOC- AUTTGEN -U Publication Name: Authority Control Training Guide Publication Number: DOC-AUTTGEN-U

More information

SirsiDynix Director s Station Measures

SirsiDynix Director s Station Measures SirsiDynix Director s Station Measures All Acquisitions Measures Information is taken directly from the order, fund, and vendor records that are entered into the Symphony database. Note: The information

More information

WorldShare Management Services Release Notes. Introduction Administrative Actions... 3 Follow-up Actions... 3

WorldShare Management Services Release Notes. Introduction Administrative Actions... 3 Follow-up Actions... 3 WorldShare Management Services Release Notes Release Date: January 18, 2015 Contents Introduction... 3 Administrative Actions... 3 Follow-up Actions... 3 Browser Support... 4 Acquisitions... 5 New Features...

More information

***** Archive and Backup your Data before updating*****

***** Archive and Backup your Data before updating***** Alexandria 6.1.0 Release Notes 5/6/2010 ============================================================ Current Alexandria v5 customers will need to contact COMPanion prior to updating to version 6. This

More information

***** Archive and Backup your Data before updating***** ****Ensure that you are running a minimum version of before updating****

***** Archive and Backup your Data before updating***** ****Ensure that you are running a minimum version of before updating**** Alexandria 6.21.4 Release Notes Build 20120928 =========================================================== Please contact COMPanion at 1-800-347-6439 or COMPanion Technical Support at 1-800-347-4942 with

More information

Union List Circulation / OPAC Training Manual. To get to the PrairieCat Encore catalog for searching, go to:

Union List Circulation / OPAC Training Manual. To get to the PrairieCat Encore catalog for searching, go to: Union List Circulation / OPAC Training Manual To get to the PrairieCat Encore catalog for searching, go to: http://search.prairiecat.info Revised October 27, 2015 1 Table of Contents Searching in Encore

More information

INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM TRAINING GUIDE FOR TORONTO CATHOLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT DATE: AUG 25 -SEP 05/2014 INSIGNIA SOFTWARE CORPORATION

INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM TRAINING GUIDE FOR TORONTO CATHOLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT DATE: AUG 25 -SEP 05/2014 INSIGNIA SOFTWARE CORPORATION INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM TRAINING GUIDE FOR TORONTO CATHOLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT DATE: AUG 25 -SEP 05/2014 INSIGNIA SOFTWARE CORPORATION Table of Contents Welcome to Insignia Software... 4 System Requirements...

More information

Horizon Serials. User s and Administrator s Guide

Horizon Serials. User s and Administrator s Guide Horizon Serials User s and Administrator s Guide Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Sybase is a registered trademark of Sybase, Inc. Adobe and Acrobat

More information

Sirsi Unicorn Holds Instructions

Sirsi Unicorn Holds Instructions Sirsi Unicorn Holds Instructions Placing Holds: Use the Place Hold wizard place holds on items. 1. On the Holds Information and Maintenance toolbar, click the Place Hold wizard. The following window appears:

More information

Florida Virtual Campus.

Florida Virtual Campus. I nt erl i br aryloan Al ephver si on20 Florida Virtual Campus www.flvc.org Contents Unit 1: Overview of the ILL Module... 1 LESSON 1: UNDERSTANDING IMPORTANT LINCC ILL TERMS... 1 LESSON 2: NAVIGATING

More information

Overview. Resources to help you. Getting Started with Destiny Library Manager

Overview. Resources to help you. Getting Started with Destiny Library Manager Overview Destiny brings all your library automation together on one server: circulation, cataloging, searching, and reporting. It is completely browser-based providing access to your library from virtually

More information

2010 College Center for Library Automation

2010 College Center for Library Automation Cat al ogi ng Al ephver si on20 2010 College Center for Library Automation Contents Unit 1: Overview of the LINCC Cataloging Module... 1 LESSON 1: NAVIGATING THE CATALOGING MODULE... 1 LESSON 2: USING

More information

MARCH Release Notes SirsiDynix Symphony Service Pack 1

MARCH Release Notes SirsiDynix Symphony Service Pack 1 MARCH 2017 Release Notes SirsiDynix Symphony 3.5.2 Service Pack 1 Contents Overview 1 Comments and suggestions 1 Enhancements 2 Circulation 2 Miscellaneous 4 SirsiDynix e-library 5 Fixed bugs 6 Cataloging

More information

Circulation I Sierra Training Manual

Circulation I Sierra Training Manual Circulation I Sierra Training Manual PrairieCat website: http://support.prairiecat.info/ Copyright 2009 by Innovative Interfaces, Inc. This publication is supplied for the exclusive use of customers of

More information

INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM LIBRARIAN TRAINING GUIDE DATE: NOVEMBER 9, 2017 INSIGNIA SOFTWARE CORPORATION

INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM LIBRARIAN TRAINING GUIDE DATE: NOVEMBER 9, 2017 INSIGNIA SOFTWARE CORPORATION INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM LIBRARIAN TRAINING GUIDE DATE: NOVEMBER 9, 2017 INSIGNIA SOFTWARE CORPORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS... 2 WELCOME TO INSIGNIA SOFTWARE... 4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS... 4

More information

Last Updated May Acquisitions

Last Updated May Acquisitions Last Updated May 2016 Acquisitions Fund Records... 3 Order Records... 7 Holding Codes... 7 Item Types... 7 Session Settings... 8 Review All Funds Wizard... 9 Review Available Funds Wizard... 11 Add Fund

More information

Mandarin M5. Daily Use Handbook 2016

Mandarin M5. Daily Use Handbook 2016 Mandarin M5 Daily Use Handbook 2016 Table of Contents Table of Contents Mandarin M5...3 Getting Started with M5...4 The M5 Interface...5 Patron Mode...6 Librarian Mode...7 Using Circulation...9 Circulation

More information

What s New in Version 11.6?

What s New in Version 11.6? In this latest release of Atriuum version 11.6, we have incorporated numerous suggestions. We think you will find the new and enhanced features to be very beneficial. Some of the new features are: Carts,

More information

Don t forget to change the IP address BACK to and uncheck the Show this window on next startup when you are finished.

Don t forget to change the IP address BACK to and uncheck the Show this window on next startup when you are finished. WF Refresher Course Setup: Click on Preference then Configuration Log into the TEST server: Change the IP address to 199.242.176.189 Click the Show this window on next startup Login as your library. Don

More information

Layout and display. STILOG IST, all rights reserved

Layout and display. STILOG IST, all rights reserved 2 Table of Contents I. Main Window... 1 1. DEFINITION... 1 2. LIST OF WINDOW ELEMENTS... 1 Quick Access Bar... 1 Menu Bar... 1 Windows... 2 Status bar... 2 Pop-up menu... 4 II. Menu Bar... 5 1. DEFINITION...

More information

Evergreen Standalone Client Procedures

Evergreen Standalone Client Procedures Evergreen 2.7.2 Standalone Client Procedures Questions? Contact the PINES staff by putting in a Help Desk ticket or calling 404-235-7210. Table of Contents Introduction... 2 One-Time Setup... 2 Receipt

More information

Sage Library System Evergreen Circulation

Sage Library System Evergreen Circulation Sage Library System Evergreen Circulation This document is a more comprehensive introduction to using Evergreen Circulation to check items in and out, to renew items, to pay fines, and to place and search

More information

Mandarin Oasis TM Library Automation System

Mandarin Oasis TM Library Automation System Mandarin Oasis TM Library Automation System Daily Use Handbook This handbook explains routine library tasks using Mandarin Oasis. It is designed to supplement Oasis training by providing simple, step-by-step

More information

Qwik Start Guide. For Destiny 9.5 MEDT Dr. Phyllis Snipes. Whitney Fletcher. Natalie Hamlin. Tiffany Johnson

Qwik Start Guide. For Destiny 9.5 MEDT Dr. Phyllis Snipes. Whitney Fletcher. Natalie Hamlin. Tiffany Johnson Qwik Start Guide For Destiny 9.5 MEDT 6468 Dr. Phyllis Snipes Whitney Fletcher Natalie Hamlin Tiffany Johnson 1 Table of Contents Section I: In the Beginning Page # 4 Setting up Patrons types 4 Adding

More information

What's New in Polaris and Leap 5.2

What's New in Polaris and Leap 5.2 2016 World Headquarters 5850 Shell-mound Way Emeryville, CA 94608 +1.510.655.6200 Eastern US - New York 103 Commerce Blvd., Suite A Liverpool, NY 13088 +1.800.272.3414 Polaris Installation Note 1 New and

More information

What s New in 4.1 R2. Count on us.

What s New in 4.1 R2. Count on us. What s New in 4.1 R2 Count on us. Highlights from 4.1 R2 Administration/System wide PowerPAC and Mobile PAC Circulation Cataloging Acquisitions What s New in 4.1 R2 Documentation PolarisTown: http://www.polarislibrary.com/polaristown/

More information

This session will cover new features, enhancements, improvements, and bug fixes for Acquisitions & Circulation

This session will cover new features, enhancements, improvements, and bug fixes for Acquisitions & Circulation 1 This session will cover new features, enhancements, improvements, and bug fixes for Acquisitions & Circulation In addition we will provide links to recent updates of related services. 2 3 New Feature

More information

2. SYMPHONY ESSENTIAL SKILLS

2. SYMPHONY ESSENTIAL SKILLS 2. SYMPHONY ESSENTIAL SKILLS 2.1 LOGIN The Symphony library staff client software is built using conventions found in Microsoft Windows and other graphical operating systems. Most RCLS member library employees

More information

Employer Self Service (ESS) User Quick Guide

Employer Self Service (ESS) User Quick Guide Employer Self Service (ESS) User Quick Guide i Table of Contents Getting Started 6 Accessing the Employer Self Service (ESS) Portal 6 Maintaining Account Settings 7 Switching Employers within Session 7

More information

Horizon Acquisitions. User s Guide

Horizon Acquisitions. User s Guide Horizon Acquisitions User s Guide Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Sybase is a registered trademark of Sybase, Inc. Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks

More information

Library Reports. Setting up a Report

Library Reports. Setting up a Report Library Reports Things to know before running a report: Gadget is the little box located to the right of a field. This will display the Policy List for that particular field. Example User Category 2 :

More information

Release: Highlights: This release contains bug fixes for various modules. General documentation for this release:

Release: Highlights: This release contains bug fixes for various modules. General documentation for this release: Release: 8.1.2 Highlights: This release contains bug fixes for various modules. General documentation for this release: http://www.customercenter.exlibrisgroup.com 19342 The asterisk is being ignored in

More information

Horizon Launcher Configuration Guide

Horizon Launcher Configuration Guide Horizon Launcher Configuration Guide Windows NT and Windows 2000 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All other product or company names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their

More information

Alexandria Release Notes /18/2008 ============================================================

Alexandria Release Notes /18/2008 ============================================================ Alexandria 5.5.6 Release Notes 5.5.6-12/18/2008 ============================================================ Alexandria 5.5.6 is a maintenance release in the 5.5 series introducing several enhancements

More information

PROJECTS...3 CONVERSION...3 INSTALLATION...3 DATABASES...3 TIME AND EXPENSE...7 ISSUES...3 DOCUMENT PROPERTIES...3 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE...

PROJECTS...3 CONVERSION...3 INSTALLATION...3 DATABASES...3 TIME AND EXPENSE...7 ISSUES...3 DOCUMENT PROPERTIES...3 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE... 2013 What s New PROJECTS...3 Project Management... Options...3 CONVERSION...3 INSTALLATION...3 DATABASES...3 ISSUES...3 DOCUMENT PROPERTIES...3 COMPANY PROFILE...4 Tax Rates...4 Project...4 Contact...4

More information

Unit 2: Managing Patron Records

Unit 2: Managing Patron Records LINCC Circulation Unit 2 Unit 2: Managing Patron Records This unit provides an overview of patron records and describes searching for a patron record, editing patron information, and adding a new patron

More information

To 'lock' a request to a certain ILL operator in order to process them.

To 'lock' a request to a certain ILL operator in order to process them. NRE/VDX Glossary Term A Acknowledge Action Address Type Allocate ANSI/NISO ARIEL ARTEmail Attribute sets Authentication Service Authorize Auto-authorization Auto-mediation Autoforwarding Automatic Expiry

More information

CONNECTED 8.2 Release Notes

CONNECTED 8.2 Release Notes CONNECTED 8.2 Release Notes Introduction... 3 Minimum System Requirements for Connected 8.2... 3 Connected 8.2 Installation... 3 Enhancements... 4 General Enhancements... 4 Advanced Email Templates...

More information

Series 6 Technical Admin Guide Page 1

Series 6 Technical Admin Guide Page 1 Series 6 Technical Admin Guide Page 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS PRODUCT REGISTRATION... 6 Free Trial Registration and the Wizard...7 How the Trial Works...8 Register Invu Document Management...8 Privileges for

More information

Introduction... 3 Recommended actions Administrative actions... 3 Follow-up actions Acquisitions... 4

Introduction... 3 Recommended actions Administrative actions... 3 Follow-up actions Acquisitions... 4 Release Date: November 22, 2015 Contents Introduction... 3 Recommended actions... 3 Administrative actions... 3 Follow-up actions... 3 Acquisitions... 4 New Features... 4 Alert when receiving an item with

More information

Introduction... 3 Recommended actions Administrative actions... 3 Follow-up actions Acquisitions... 4

Introduction... 3 Recommended actions Administrative actions... 3 Follow-up actions Acquisitions... 4 Release Date: July 31, 2016 Contents Introduction... 3 Recommended actions... 3 Administrative actions... 3 Follow-up actions... 3 Acquisitions... 4 New Features... 4 Enhanced cancellation workflows...

More information

Unit 1: Overview of the LINCC Cataloging Module

Unit 1: Overview of the LINCC Cataloging Module LINCC Cataloging Unit 1 Unit 1: Overview of the LINCC Cataloging Module The LINCC Cataloging module consists of three components or modes : Cataloging, Items, and Search. These modes can be accessed by

More information

Library Reports on the SirsiDynix System

Library Reports on the SirsiDynix System Library Reports on the SirsiDynix System Types of Reports Item List A list of items selected by certain criteria for the library and sorted by call number. User List A list of users selected by certain

More information

Icons what they mean. - Checks the authority files. - Validates the MARC fields. - Checks for duplicates. - Place a hold.

Icons what they mean. - Checks the authority files. - Validates the MARC fields. - Checks for duplicates. - Place a hold. What to notice when looking at bibliographic record: and the mouse wheel allows for one to zoom in and out but only in the MARC display Owner most bibliographic records are owned by SHARE If owned

More information

USING STANDALONE 11/12/2010

USING STANDALONE 11/12/2010 USING STANDALONE We are recommend that libraries use the Off-Line circulation function that is built into Workflows for check-out only. Here are some important things to know about this before you begin:

More information

Florida Virtual Campus.

Florida Virtual Campus. Report s Al ephver si on20 Florida Virtual Campus www.flvc.org Contents Unit 1: Overview of Staff-Generated Reports... 1 LESSON 1: ACQUISITIONS REPORTS OVERVIEW... 1 LESSON 2: SERIALS REPORTS OVERVIEW...

More information

CLIQ Web Manager. User Manual. The global leader in door opening solutions V 6.1

CLIQ Web Manager. User Manual. The global leader in door opening solutions V 6.1 CLIQ Web Manager User Manual V 6.1 The global leader in door opening solutions Program version: 6.1 Document number: ST-003478 Date published: 2016-03-31 Language: en-gb Table of contents 1 Overview...9

More information

Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide Essential Skills for WorkFlows and ibistro/ilink (Version 2004)

Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide Essential Skills for WorkFlows and ibistro/ilink (Version 2004) Unicorn WorkFlows Training Guide Essential Skills for WorkFlows and ibistro/ilink (Version 2004) 4/13/05 Table of Contents 1. Terms to Know 3 2. Bibliographic Record Structure 4 3. Log On to Workflows

More information

Oracle Utilities Smart Grid Gateway Adapter for Echelon

Oracle Utilities Smart Grid Gateway Adapter for Echelon Oracle Utilities Smart Grid Gateway Adapter for Echelon User's Guide Release 2.0.0 Service Pack 9 E23539-04 May 2013 Oracle Utilities Smart Grid Gateway Adapter for Echelon User's Guide Release 2.0.0 Service

More information